80_FR_55155 80 FR 54979 - Reportable Events and Certain Other Notification Requirements

80 FR 54979 - Reportable Events and Certain Other Notification Requirements

PENSION BENEFIT GUARANTY CORPORATION

Federal Register Volume 80, Issue 176 (September 11, 2015)

Page Range54979-55010
FR Document2015-22941

In 2013, PBGC proposed to establish risk-based safe harbors that would exempt most companies and plans from many of its reportable events requirements and target reporting toward the minority of plan sponsors and plans presenting the most substantial risk of involuntary or distress termination. After holding a hearing on the proposal, and carefully considering the public's written and oral comments, PBGC is publishing this final rule to make the requirements of the sponsor risk-based safe harbor more flexible, make the funding level for satisfying the well-funded plan safe harbor lower and tied to the variable-rate premium, and add public company waivers for five events. The waiver structure under the final rule will further reduce unnecessary reporting requirements, while at the same time better targeting PBGC's resources to plans that pose the greatest risks to the pension insurance system. PBGC anticipates the final rule will exempt about 94 percent of plans and sponsors from many reporting requirements and result in a net reduction in reporting to PBGC. This rulemaking is a result of PBGC's regulatory review under Executive Order 13563.

Federal Register, Volume 80 Issue 176 (Friday, September 11, 2015)
[Federal Register Volume 80, Number 176 (Friday, September 11, 2015)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 54979-55010]
From the Federal Register Online  [www.thefederalregister.org]
[FR Doc No: 2015-22941]



[[Page 54979]]

Vol. 80

Friday,

No. 176

September 11, 2015

Part IV





Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





29 CFR Parts 4000, 4001, 4043, et al.





Reportable Events and Certain Other Notification Requirements; Final 
Rule

Federal Register / Vol. 80 , No. 176 / Friday, September 11, 2015 / 
Rules and Regulations

[[Page 54980]]


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

PENSION BENEFIT GUARANTY CORPORATION

29 CFR Parts 4000, 4001, 4043, 4204, 4206, and 4231

RIN 1212-AB06


Reportable Events and Certain Other Notification Requirements

AGENCY: Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

ACTION: Final rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: In 2013, PBGC proposed to establish risk-based safe harbors 
that would exempt most companies and plans from many of its reportable 
events requirements and target reporting toward the minority of plan 
sponsors and plans presenting the most substantial risk of involuntary 
or distress termination. After holding a hearing on the proposal, and 
carefully considering the public's written and oral comments, PBGC is 
publishing this final rule to make the requirements of the sponsor 
risk-based safe harbor more flexible, make the funding level for 
satisfying the well-funded plan safe harbor lower and tied to the 
variable-rate premium, and add public company waivers for five events. 
The waiver structure under the final rule will further reduce 
unnecessary reporting requirements, while at the same time better 
targeting PBGC's resources to plans that pose the greatest risks to the 
pension insurance system. PBGC anticipates the final rule will exempt 
about 94 percent of plans and sponsors from many reporting requirements 
and result in a net reduction in reporting to PBGC. This rulemaking is 
a result of PBGC's regulatory review under Executive Order 13563.

DATES: Effective October 13, 2015. See Applicability in SUPPLEMENTARY 
INFORMATION.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Daniel S. Liebman, Attorney 
([email protected]), Regulatory Affairs Group, Office of the 
General Counsel, Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, 1200 K Street 
NW., Washington, DC 20005-4026; 202-326-4024. (TTY/TDD users may call 
the Federal relay service toll-free at 1-800-877-8339 and ask to be 
connected to 202-326-4024.)

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: 

Executive Summary--Purpose of the Regulatory Action

    This rule is needed to make reporting more efficient and effective, 
to avoid unnecessary reporting requirements, and to conform PBGC's 
reportable events regulation to changes in the law. A better-targeted 
and more efficient reporting system helps preserve retirement plans.
    PBGC's legal authorities for this action are section 4002(b)(3) of 
the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA), which 
authorizes PBGC to issue regulations to carry out the purposes of title 
IV of ERISA, and section 4043 of ERISA, which gives PBGC authority to 
define reportable events and waive reporting.

Executive Summary--Major Provisions of the Regulatory Action

Changing the Waiver Structure

    Under the regulation's long-standing waiver structure for 
reportable events, which primarily focused on the funded status of a 
plan, PBGC often did not get reports it needed; at the same time, it 
received many reports that were unnecessary. This mismatch occurred 
because the old waiver structure was not well tied to the actual risks 
and causes of plan terminations, particularly the risk that a plan 
sponsor will default on its financial obligations, ultimately leading 
to an underfunded termination of its pension plan.
    The final rule provides a new reportable events waiver structure 
that is more closely focused on risk of default than was the old waiver 
structure. Some reporting requirements that poorly identify risky 
situations--like those based on a supposedly modest level of plan 
underfunding--have been eliminated; at the same time, a new low-
default-risk ``safe harbor''--based on company financial metrics--is 
established that better measures risk to the pension insurance system. 
This sponsor safe harbor is voluntary and based on existing, readily-
available financial information that companies already use for many 
business purposes.
    With the low-default-risk safe harbor, PBGC is establishing a risk 
tolerance level for certain events faced by plans and plan sponsors 
that trigger reporting requirements so that PBGC can monitor and 
address situations that are most likely to pose problems to the pension 
insurance system. This reporting system is analogous to that used by an 
unsecured creditor in loan arrangements with a borrower so as to be 
alerted to important issues facing the borrower impacting its ability 
to meet its loan obligations.
    The final rule also provides a safe harbor based on a plan's owing 
no variable-rate premium (VRP) (referred to as the well-funded plan 
safe harbor).\1\ Other waivers, such as public company, small plan, de 
minimis segment, and foreign entity waivers, have been retained in the 
final rule, and in many cases expanded, to provide additional relief to 
plan sponsors where the risk of an event to plans and the pension 
insurance system is low. With the expansion in the number of waivers 
available in the final rule, PBGC estimates that 94 percent of plans 
covered by the pension insurance system will qualify for at least one 
waiver of reporting for events dealing with active participant 
reductions, controlled group changes, extraordinary dividends, benefit 
liability transfers, and substantial owner distributions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ The old regulation provided a waiver in some circumstances 
generally based on 80 percent funding on a premium basis. However, 
in PBGC's experience, that test was inadequate, as it was passed by 
many plans that underwent distress or involuntary terminations. See 
Well-Funded Plan Safe Harbor below. A safe harbor based on paying no 
VRP, in contrast, is consistent with a Congressional determination 
of the level of underfunding that presents risk to the pension 
insurance system.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Revised Definitions of Reportable Events

    The rule simplifies the descriptions of several reportable events 
and makes some event descriptions (e.g., active participant reduction) 
narrower so that compliance is easier and less burdensome. One event is 
broadened in scope (loan defaults), and clarification of another event 
has a similar result (controlled group changes). These changes, like 
the waiver changes, are aimed at tying reporting burden to risk.

Conforming to Changes in the Law

    The Pension Protection Act of 2006 (PPA) made changes in the law 
that affect the test for whether advance reporting of certain 
reportable events is required. This rule conforms the advance reporting 
test to the new legal requirements.

Mandatory E-Filing

    The rule makes electronic filing of reportable events notices 
mandatory. This furthers PBGC's ongoing implementation of the 
Government Paperwork Elimination Act. E-filing is more efficient for 
both filers and PBGC and has become the norm for PBGC's regulated 
community.

Background

    The Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC) administers the 
pension plan termination insurance program under Title IV of the 
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA). Section 4043 
of ERISA requires that PBGC be notified of the occurrence of certain 
``reportable events.'' The statute provides for both post-event and

[[Page 54981]]

advance reporting.\2\ PBGC's regulation on Reportable Events and 
Certain Other Notification Requirements (29 CFR part 4043) implements 
section 4043.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \2\ Except as otherwise noted, this preamble discusses post-
event reporting only.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Reportable events include such plan events as missed contributions, 
insufficient funds, and large pay-outs, and such sponsor events as loan 
defaults and controlled group changes--events that may present a risk 
to a sponsor's ability to continue a plan. When PBGC has timely 
information about a reportable event, it can take steps to encourage 
plan continuation--for example, by exploring alternative funding 
options with the plan sponsor--or, if plan termination is called for, 
to maximize recovery of the shortfall from all possible sources.\3\ 
Without timely information about a reportable event, PBGC typically 
learns that a plan is in danger only when most opportunities for 
protecting participants and the pension insurance system have been 
lost. The regulation does however, include a system of waivers and 
extensions to ease reporting burdens where the circumstances 
surrounding some events may make reporting unnecessary or where the 
PBGC has other ways to obtain needed information. The regulation (both 
the old regulation and the new regulation \4\) also provides that PBGC 
may grant waivers and extensions on a case-by-case basis.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \3\ For example, alerts from recent reportable events notices of 
missed contribution events have allowed PBGC to timely intervene to 
protect plan assets and participant benefits. In one such case, 
PBGC's involvement ensured that there was no interruption in 
benefits when PBGC ultimately terminated the plan. In a second case, 
PBGC's monitoring of the plan as a result of the reportable event 
filing ensured that there were sufficient funds from the sale of a 
business to complete a standard termination. In a third case, PBGC's 
early intervention provided an opportunity to examine options with 
the plan sponsor to continue the plan. As another example, a 
reportable event notice of an active participant reduction event led 
to a negotiated settlement with the plan sponsor that resulted in an 
additional $400,000 contribution to the plan. When the sponsor later 
filed for bankruptcy, PBGC took over the plan with a smaller amount 
of unfunded liabilities than if the contribution from the settlement 
had not been made.
    \4\ For ease of reference, the preamble refers to the regulation 
as it exists before this final rule becomes applicable as the ``old 
regulation'' and refers to the regulation as amended by this final 
rule as the ``new regulation.'' See Applicability below.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Reportable events are rare and reporting is often waived. As a 
result, each year, on average only 4 percent of plans experience an 
event and are required to report it; even fewer are required to report 
Category 1 events.\5\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \5\ Category 1 events include Extraordinary Dividend or Stock 
Redemption, Active Participant Reduction, Change in Contributing 
Sponsor or Controlled Group, Distributions to a Substantial Owner, 
and Transfer of Benefit Liabilities events. As discussed below, 
these are events for which the low-default risk and well-funded plan 
safe harbors will apply under the final regulation.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR11SE15.002

Although the impact of the reportable events regulation on any company 
or plan or on the pension community as a whole is very small, a 
reportable events notice is potentially very important to PBGC, the 
pension insurance system, and participants of affected plans.\6\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \6\ See footnote 3 above.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

2009 Proposed Rule

    On November 23, 2009 (at 74 FR 61248), PBGC published in the 
Federal Register for notice and comment a proposed rule (the 2009 
proposal) that eliminated most automatic waivers. The proposal 
reflected PBGC's concern that it was not receiving reports of 
significant events because the existing automatic waivers were too 
broadly applicable.
    PBGC received comments from actuaries, pension consultants, and 
organizations representing employers and pension professionals. The 
public comments on the 2009 proposal uniformly opposed the proposed 
elimination of most waivers. Commenters said that without the waivers, 
reporting would be required for events that posed little risk to PBGC 
and said that the increase in the public's burden of compliance would 
outweigh the benefit to the pension insurance system of the additional 
reporting. They also expressed concern that the proposed changes to the 
rule would discourage employers from continuing to maintain pension 
plans covered by Title IV. Several commenters urged PBGC to rethink and 
repropose the rule to address issues raised by the comments.

[[Page 54982]]

Executive Order 13563

    On January 18, 2011, the President issued Executive Order 13563 on 
Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review (76 FR 3821, January 21, 
2011). Executive Order 13563 encourages identification and use of 
innovative tools to achieve regulatory ends, calls for streamlining 
existing regulations, and reemphasizes the goal of balancing regulatory 
benefits with burdens on the public. Executive Order 13563 also 
requires agencies to develop a plan to review existing regulations to 
identify any that can be made more effective or less burdensome in 
achieving regulatory objectives.\7\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \7\ PBGC's Plan for Regulatory Review can be found at http://www.pbgc.gov/documents/plan-for-regulatory-review.pdf (August 23, 
2011).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

2013 Proposal

    PBGC reconsidered the reportable events regulation in the spirit of 
Executive Order 13563 and in light of the comments to the 2009 
proposal. On April 3, 2013 (at 78 FR 20039), PBGC published a new 
proposed rule (the 2013 proposal). The 2013 proposal took a very 
different approach to waivers from the 2009 proposal. Whereas the 2009 
proposal simply eliminated most automatic waivers, the 2013 proposal 
substituted a new system of waivers (safe harbors) to reduce burden 
where possible without depriving PBGC of the information it needs to 
protect the pension insurance system.
    One of the waivers in the 2013 proposal was for employers that met 
a safe harbor based on what the proposal described as sponsor financial 
soundness (i.e., an employer's capacity to meet its financial 
commitments in full and on time) as determined through credit report 
scores and the satisfaction of related criteria. A second safe harbor 
that was more stringent than the existing funding-based waivers was 
available for plans that were either fully funded on a termination 
basis or 120 percent funded on a premium basis. The 2013 proposal also 
preserved or extended some waivers under the old regulation (including 
small-plan waivers) that the 2009 proposal would have eliminated.
    PBGC received 13 comment letters on the 2013 proposal, mainly from 
the same sources as the comments on the 2009 proposal.\8\ PBGC also 
held its first-ever regulatory public hearing, at which eight of the 
commenters discussed their comments.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \8\ The 2013 proposal also received comments from one plan 
sponsor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Most of the commenters on the 2013 proposal expressed appreciation 
for PBGC's re-proposing the rule and for the opportunity for further 
public input. Several commenters complimented PBGC on its general 
overall effort or said the 2013 proposal was an improvement on the 2009 
proposal. One commenter approved PBGC's efforts to balance its need for 
information with the public's burden of providing it and to streamline 
the reporting process. Another commenter applauded PBGC on its common 
sense, risk-based approach to reporting, and yet another commended PBGC 
for the proposed rule's significant relief for small plans, as well as 
the general focus on tying reporting to risk.
    Nonetheless, all of the commenters took issue with aspects of the 
proposal, particularly with the safe harbors, which four commenters 
suggested could cause more sponsors to leave the defined benefit 
system. Other concerns dealt with the difficulty of monitoring events 
in controlled groups and with proposed changes to the events dealing 
with active participant reductions and missed contributions. Some plan 
sponsor groups expressed general concern that by creating a plan 
sponsor financial soundness safe harbor, PBGC, on behalf of the Federal 
government, inevitably would become an entity that makes formal 
pronouncements on the financial prospects of American businesses. Two 
commenters urged that the proposal be withdrawn. The comments on the 
2013 proposal and PBGC's responses are discussed below with the topics 
to which they relate.

Final Rule Waivers

    In response to the comments, PBGC is issuing a final rule with safe 
harbors that are simpler, more flexible, and easier to comply with and 
that clearly target risk to the pension insurance system.\9\ Under the 
final rule, all small plans (about two-thirds of all plans) will be 
waived from reporting Category 1 events (other than substantial owner 
distributions). Further, if a reportable event occurs, 82 percent of 
large plans qualify for at least one waiver for these events: \10\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \9\ See Summary Chart, below, for an overview of waivers and 
safe harbors under the old regulation and this final rule.
    \10\ For this purpose, large plans means those plans that have 
more than 100 participants. The charts included in this preamble do 
not reflect waivers for de minimis segments or foreign entities.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 54983]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR11SE15.003

    As a result, if a reportable event occurs, 94 percent of all plans 
will qualify for at least one waiver under the final regulation (an 
increase from 89 percent under the old regulation):

[[Page 54984]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR11SE15.004

Low-Default-Risk Safe Harbor for Plan Sponsors

    To address the issue of risk, the 2013 proposal provided a risk-
based safe harbor tied to the risk of default on financial obligations 
of a plan sponsor. PBGC developed the proposed safe harbor based on its 
experience that the default risk of a plan sponsor generally correlates 
with the risk of an underfunded termination of the sponsor's pension 
plan. One major component of the risk of underfunded termination is the 
likelihood that the plan sponsor will, within the near future, fall 
into one of the ``distress'' categories in section 4041(c)(2)(B) of 
ERISA (liquidation, reorganization, or inability to pay debts when due 
and to continue in business). Another is that the sponsor will go out 
of business, abandoning the plan and forcing PBGC to terminate it under 
section 4042 of ERISA. Thus, the 2013 proposal recognized that the risk 
of underfunded termination of a plan within the near future depends 
most significantly on the plan sponsor's financial strength.\11\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \11\ In 2013, 66 percent of reportable events reports from 
filers that were below investment grade resulted in the opening of 
investigations. For this purpose, ``investment grade'' means a 
credit rating of Baa3 or higher by Moody's or BBB- or higher by 
Standard and Poor's.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The 2013 proposal provided a waiver from reporting for each of five 
events (active participant reductions, substantial owner distributions, 
controlled group changes, extraordinary dividends, and benefit 
liabilities transfers) if, as of the date an event occurred, each 
contributing sponsor (or highest US member of its controlled group) was 
what the proposal termed ``financially sound,'' that is, had adequate 
capacity to meet its obligations in full and on time as evidenced by 
its satisfaction of five criteria:
    1. The entity had a qualifying commercial credit report score.
    2. The entity had no secured debt (with certain exceptions).
    3. The entity had positive net income for the most recent two 
fiscal years.
    4. The entity did not experience any loan default event in the 
previous two years (regardless of whether reporting was waived).
    5. The entity did not experience a missed contribution event in the 
previous two years (unless reporting was waived).
    To focus public input on this issue, the 2013 proposal asked 
specific questions about the financial soundness standard and sought 
suggestions for alternative approaches to determining financial 
soundness based on widely available and accepted financial standards.
    One commenter found the sponsor financial soundness safe harbor to 
be a reasonable attempt to accomplish the goal of providing broad 
waivers in situations where there is no significant risk to PBGC. But 
most commenters opposed the safe harbor as a concept, arguing that it 
would not be business-friendly or helpful in protecting the pension 
insurance system. Some commenters characterized the financial soundness 
test as a pronouncement by PBGC on the financial status of American 
businesses, which they believed to be inappropriate for a government 
agency.
    However, many federal agencies have rules that include standards 
for measuring aspects of financial health or ability to meet certain 
financial obligations for a wide variety of purposes, including 
eligibility to use certain forms, qualification for funding, or 
participation in certain activities. These regulations govern not only 
the financial services industry, but such wide-ranging activities as 
agriculture, education, energy, and the environment.\12\ The provisions 
of the

[[Page 54985]]

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Pub. L. 111-
203) (the Dodd-Frank Act) clearly contemplate the use of some types of 
creditworthiness standards in federal regulations.\13\ And there is 
precedent in federal regulations for using the ``adequate capacity'' 
standard in determining financial soundness.\14\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \12\ See e.g., Department of Agriculture biorefinery assistance 
program (7 CFR 4279.202(d)); Department of Education requirements 
for institutions to participate in Federal student assistance 
programs (34 CFR 668.15); Department of Energy loan guarantees for 
projects that employ innovative technologies (10 CFR part 609); and 
Environmental Protection Agency rules on owners and operators of 
underground carbon dioxide storage wells (40 CFR 146.85).
    \13\ Section 939A of the Dodd-Frank Act proscribes federal 
regulations that require the use of credit ratings, but Section 939 
also requires agencies to replace references to credit ratings in 
regulations with alternative standards of creditworthiness. Section 
939A is premised on the fact that federal agencies can and do use 
standards of financial capacity for various purposes.
    \14\ For example, recent rules promulgated by Federal banking 
agencies use similar language that PBGC reviewed in developing its 
own standard for its regulation on reportable events. The 2013 
proposal states: For purposes of this part, an entity that is a plan 
sponsor or member of a plan sponsor's controlled group is 
``financially sound'' . . . if . . . it has adequate capacity to 
meet its obligations in full and on time as evidenced by its 
satisfaction of all of the five criteria described in paragraphs 
(b)(1) through (b)(5) of this section''). This language is similar 
to an FDIC rule (``an insured savings association . . . , shall not 
acquire or retain a corporate debt security unless the savings 
association . . . determines that the issuer of the security has 
adequate capacity to meet all financial commitments under the 
security for the projected life of the security'') and an Office of 
the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) rule (``Investment grade means 
the issuer of a security has an adequate capacity to meet financial 
commitments under the security for the projected life of the asset 
or exposure. An issuer has an adequate capacity to meet financial 
commitments if the risk of default by the obligor is low and the 
full and timely repayment of principal and interest is expected''). 
See FDIC rule (77 FR 43151, Jul. 24, 2102) at http://www.thefederalregister.org/fdsys/pkg/FR-2012-07-24/pdf/2012-17860.pdf and OCC rule (77 FR 
35253, June 13, 2012) at http://www.thefederalregister.org/fdsys/pkg/FR-2012-06-13/pdf/2012-14169.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    PBGC understands that the proposed ``financial soundness'' 
terminology caused concern for some commenters, who perceived that the 
provisions of the safe harbor tests could be seen as measuring the 
overall financial prospects of a company. However, the safe harbor 
tests were never meant for that purpose. Rather, they were intended to 
measure the likelihood that a company would be able to continue to 
sponsor a plan and thus not present a risk to the pension insurance 
system. To clarify this point, the final regulation more precisely 
characterizes this safe harbor as the company low-default-risk safe 
harbor rather than the sponsor financial soundness safe harbor, and 
refers to a safe harbor for plans (described below) as the well-funded 
plan safe harbor rather than the plan financial soundness safe harbor.
    PBGC's company low-default-risk safe harbor is entirely voluntary 
and relies mainly on private-sector financial metrics derived from a 
company's own financial information; one component of the safe harbor, 
which is not required to be used to satisfy the low-default-risk 
standard, is based on widely available financial information that most 
plan sponsors (and their U.S. parents) already have, and that 
represents well-known, objective, non-governmental assessments of 
default risk used in a wide variety of business contexts. Use of the 
safe harbor is not conditioned on an evaluation by PBGC of plan sponsor 
financial soundness. Nor does it involve sponsors' reporting to PBGC 
(or anyone) any financial metrics, such as company financial 
information, credit scores or other evidence of creditworthiness.
    PBGC remains convinced that adding a company low-default-risk safe 
harbor to the reportable events regulation furthers PBGC's goals of 
tying reporting to risk and avoiding unnecessary reports. Thus, the 
final rule contains a risk-based safe harbor with modifications to 
mitigate commenters' concerns, particularly by providing more 
flexibility in applying the safe harbor and clarifying when and how the 
satisfaction of the low-default-risk standard is determined.

Adequate Capacity Standard

    The final rule provides that an entity (a ``company'') that is a 
contributing sponsor of a plan or the highest level U.S. parent of a 
contributing sponsor satisfies the low-default-risk standard if the 
company has adequate capacity to meet its obligations in full and on 
time as evidenced by satisfying either (A) the first two, or (B) any 
four, of the following seven criteria:
    1. The probability that the company will default on its financial 
obligations is not more than 4 percent over the next five years or not 
more than 0.4 percent over the next year, in either case determined on 
the basis of widely available financial information on the company's 
credit quality.
    2. The company's secured debt (with some exceptions) does not 
exceed 10 percent of its total asset value.
    3. The company's ratio of total-debt-to-EBITDA \15\ is 3.0 or less.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \15\ Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and 
amortization.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    4. The company's ratio of retained-earnings-to-total-assets is 0.25 
or more.
    5. The company has positive net income for the two most recent 
completed fiscal years.
    6. The company has not experienced any loan default event in the 
past two years regardless of whether reporting was waived.
    7. The sponsor has not experienced a missed contribution event in 
the past two years unless reporting was waived.
    For reporting to be waived for an event to which the safe harbor 
applies, both the contributing sponsor and the highest level U.S. 
parent of the contributing sponsor must satisfy the company low-
default-risk safe harbor. (The 2013 proposal required only that, for 
each contributing sponsor of the plan, either the sponsor or the 
highest level U.S. parent of the contributing sponsor satisfy the safe 
harbor requirements.) Requiring that both entities satisfy the safe 
harbor requirements addresses the issue of intercompany transactions 
between or among members of a controlled group that may disperse assets 
and liabilities within the controlled group.
    Although the low-default-risk safe harbor has some similarities 
with standards PBGC described in its 2013 guidelines concerning 
enforcement of ERISA section 4062(e),\16\ differences exist because of 
the different purposes of the statute. The 4062(e) guidelines were 
intended to inform PBGC's exercise of its discretion in enforcing 
monetary liability for certain business cessations, whereas the 
reportable events regulation provides rules for the public on 
compliance with ERISA section 4043's reporting requirements.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \16\ http://www.pbgc.gov/Documents/4062(e)-enforcement-of-
guidelines.pdf. See PBGC's Web site for 4062(e) Developments, http://www.pbgc.gov/prac/reporting-and-disclosure/section-4062(e)-
developments.html.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The final rule revises two criteria (probability of default in the 
first criterion and secured debt level in the second criterion) from 
the 2013 proposal and adds two new criteria (based on a ratio of total-
debt-to-EBITDA described in the third criterion listed above and a 
ratio of retained-earnings-to-total-assets described in the fourth 
criterion listed above). PBGC selected these four criteria based on 
historical data on rates of company defaults on financial obligations 
from widely published financial information.\17\ These criteria 
represent

[[Page 54986]]

financial metrics that are easily identified from existing sources of 
information and are used regularly by creditors as indicators of a 
company's ability to meet its financial obligations in full and on 
time. Lenders take into account such rates of default when extending 
credit to borrowers on terms showing the borrowers have adequate 
capacity to meet financial obligations. The revised criteria take into 
account one commenter's suggestion that PBGC consider incorporating 
into the safe harbor alternative risk measures such as debt-to-EBITDA 
and debt-to-total-capital ratios that are used in common debt covenants 
and routinely tracked by companies that issue debt or borrow from 
banks. The changes to the low-default-risk standard are described in 
more detail below.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \17\ See e.g., Moody's Investors Service Corporate and Recovery 
Default Rates, 1920-2010 (Feb. 28, 2011) http://efinance.org.cn/cn/FEben/Corporate%20Default%20and%20Recovery%20Rates,1920-2010.pdf; 
Standard & Poor's 2010 Annual U.S. Corporate Default Study And 
Rating Transitions (March 30, 2011) http://www.standardandpoors.com/ratings/articles/en/us/?articleType=HTML&assetID=1245302234800; and 
Standard & Poor's 2011 Annual U.S. Corporate Default Study And 
Rating Transitions (March 23, 2012) http://www.standardandpoors.com/spf/upload/Ratings_EMEA/2012-03-23_2011AnnualUSCorpDefaultStudy.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Determination Date
    To make the safe harbor user-friendly, the final rule provides that 
a company determine whether it qualifies for the low-default-risk safe 
harbor once during an annual financial reporting cycle (on a 
``financial information date''). If it qualifies on that financial 
information date, its qualification remains in place throughout a 
``safe harbor period'' that ends 13 months later or on the next 
financial information date (if earlier).\18\ If it does not qualify, 
its non-qualified status remains in place until the next financial 
information date.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \18\ Thirteen months allows for some variation from year to year 
on the date that annual financials are reported.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The description of financial information used to determine whether 
the safe harbor is available is similar to that used in PBGC's 
regulation on Annual Financial and Actuarial Information Reporting.\19\ 
PBGC used this description so that the pension plan community would be 
familiar with the provisions and to maintain consistency across PBGC 
regulations, to the extent possible. The financial information date for 
a company is the date annual financial statements (including balance 
sheets, income statements, cash flow statements, and notes to the 
financial statements) are filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission (SEC) on Form 10-K (if the company is a public company) or 
the closing date of the company's annual accounting period (if the 
company is not a public company).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \19\ See Sec.  4010.9.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    For a company that does not have annual financial statements, the 
financial information date is the date the company files with the 
Internal Revenue Service (IRS) its annual federal income tax return or 
IRS Form 990.
    The final regulation refers to the annual financial statements or 
applicable IRS return or Form 990 associated with a financial 
information date as ``supporting financial information.'' The 
supporting financial information associated with a financial 
information date will also be used to evaluate whether the secured 
debt, EBITDA-to-total-debt, and/or retained-earnings-to-total-assets 
criteria are met. To evaluate whether the positive net income criterion 
is met, supporting financial information associated with the two most 
recent consecutive fiscal years must be used.
    If an accountant's audit or review report expresses a material 
adverse view or qualification, the company will not satisfy the low-
default-risk standard for the safe harbor. Common adverse qualifiers 
used in the accounting profession that will render supporting financial 
information unsatisfactory for purposes of the safe harbor include such 
language as ``awareness of one or more material modifications that 
should have been made in order for the financial statements to be in 
conformity with [applicable accounting standards]''; ``the financial 
statements do not present fairly, in all material respects, the 
company's financial condition and results of operations in conformity 
with [applicable accounting standards]''; or ``substantial doubt about 
the company's ability to continue as a going concern for a reasonable 
period of time.'' \20\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \20\ See e.g., Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, AU 
Section 508 Reports on Audited Financial Statements http://pcaobus.org/standards/auditing/pages/au508.aspx#ps-pcaob_e65bc2e0-ad78-42d7-a99b-8c59d98b3fd3; American Institute of CPAs (AICPA), AU-
C Section 705 Modifications to the Opinion in the Independent 
Auditor's Report http://www.aicpa.org/Research/Standards/AuditAttest/DownloadableDocuments/AU-C-00705.pdf; and AICPA, AR 
Section 90 Review of Financial Statements http://www.aicpa.org/Research/Standards/CompilationReview/DownloadableDocuments/AR-00090.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Commercial Measures Criterion

    To satisfy the criterion for the company financial soundness safe 
harbor under the 2013 proposal, a company needed to have a credit 
score, reported by a commercial credit reporting company (CCRC) 
commonly used in the business community, that indicated a low 
likelihood that the company would default on its obligations over the 
next twelve months. Examples of such scores were to be listed in PBGC's 
reportable events forms and instructions.
    Seven commenters were critical of the commercial credit score 
criterion. Most of these commenters opposed the use of the score as a 
criterion altogether, while some indicated that the use of credit 
scores or similar information would be acceptable in limited 
circumstances if it were voluntary. Some concerns raised by commenters 
centered on the extent to which companies pay attention or have access 
to CCRC scores. Large public companies typically are more familiar with 
their credit ratings from nationally recognized statistical rating 
organizations (NRSROs) registered with the SEC, and some small 
companies may not have CCRC scores. Other concerns included costs 
associated with obtaining or monitoring scores, inaccurate score data, 
and a lack of specificity as to how and when PBGC would update its 
forms and instructions with valid CCRC score examples.
    The final regulation addresses these concerns. Under the final 
rule's company low-default-risk safe harbor provision, the criterion 
that corresponds to the proposed CCRC score criterion is optional. In 
addition, CCRC scores are not the exclusive benchmark for satisfying 
that new criterion. Instead, companies are not limited to using 
particular reports or tools and are afforded broad flexibility to use 
widely available business metrics that measure default probability. 
This approach avoids the need to list and update examples of scores in 
PBGC's forms and instructions.
    Under the final rule, the first criterion (referred to as the 
``commercial measures'' criterion) will be met for a company if the 
probability that the company will default on its financial obligations 
is not more than 4 percent over the next five years or not more than 
0.4 percent over the next year, in either case determined on the basis 
of widely available financial information on the company's credit 
quality--not limited to CCRC scores. PBGC's intent is to provide 
flexibility to companies in meeting the standard and allow a company to 
determine whether it satisfies the new criterion by referring to third 
party information that the company considers reliable and already uses 
with confidence for other business purposes. Thus, the final rule does 
not require the use of a CCRC score to satisfy the commercial measures 
criterion (although a company may still choose to obtain a CCRC score 
if it does not have one, as contemplated in the 2013 proposal).
    The commercial measures standard replicates the underlying 
probability of default risk reflected in the CCRC score standard under 
the 2013 proposal \21\ and

[[Page 54987]]

represents a threshold below which PBGC believes there is legitimate 
concern as to a company's long-term ability to continue a pension 
plan.\22\ The one- and five-year time periods for measuring default 
rate are typical periods over which third parties analyze the risk of 
default.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \21\ PBGC compared company one-year default rates from 
information PBGC reviewed that is referred to in footnote 17 above 
with CCRC score data; see e.g., https://www.dnb.com/product/FSS/FAQsv7.1.pdf.
    \22\ See e.g., tying adequate capacity to meet financial 
obligations to the lowest tier of investment grade rating in Table 3 
in http://www.standardandpoors.com/spf/general/RatingsDirect_Commentary_979212_06_22_2012_12_42_54.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    PBGC believes that almost every sponsor and its highest level U.S. 
parent will be able to obtain widely available financial information 
that indicates their probability of default over either a one- or five-
year period. Typical metrics (from 2013) that would meet the 
probability-of-default standard include a D&B score of 1477, risk class 
of 3, or percentile of 46-55; a CreditRiskMonitor \23\ score of 9, and 
may include other financial metrics reflecting a level of investment 
grade rating. PBGC believes that 70 percent of plan sponsors will be 
able to meet the probability-of-default criterion based on widely 
available financial information on their credit quality. Sponsors of 
small plans, which are more likely to have difficulty obtaining credit 
quality information, will generally qualify for the small-plan waiver 
for four of the five events \24\ covered by the company low-default-
risk safe harbor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \23\ This company was suggested by one of the commenters on the 
2013 proposal. According to CreditRiskMonitor's Web site, the 
company provides comprehensive commercial credit reports for more 
than 40,000 public companies world-wide.
    \24\ The distributions to substantial owner event does not have 
a small plan waiver.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In crafting the revised commercial measures criterion, PBGC 
reviewed language used in a recent final rule designed to bring a 
Department of Treasury regulation into compliance with the Dodd-Frank 
Act.\25\ PBGC also took into account other agency rulemakings where 
credit ratings were used in compliance with Section 939A of the Dodd-
Frank Act. Explaining the usefulness of outside sources of credit 
quality information, including credit ratings, these agencies suggested 
in preambles to their rules that the voluntary use of credit ratings 
from NRSROs is permissible where they are one but not the sole source 
of information used to determine credit quality.\26\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \25\ See Department of Treasury Final Rule: Modification of 
Treasury Regulations Pursuant to Section 939A of the Dodd-Frank Wall 
Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. (78 FR 54758, September 
6, 2013) (http://www.thefederalregister.org/fdsys/pkg/FR-2013-09-06/pdf/2013-21752.pdf). The relevant regulatory text states:
    ``Sec. 1.249-1 Limitation on deduction of bond premium on 
repurchase: (e)(2)(ii) In determining the amount under paragraph 
(e)(2)(i) of this section, appropriate consideration shall be given 
to all factors affecting the selling price or yields of comparable 
nonconvertible obligations. Such factors include general changes in 
prevailing yields of comparable obligations between the dates the 
convertible obligation was issued and repurchased and the amount (if 
any) by which the selling price of the convertible obligation was 
affected by reason of any change in the issuing corporation's credit 
quality or the credit quality of the obligation during such period 
(determined on the basis of widely published financial information 
or on the basis of other relevant facts and circumstances which 
reflect the relative credit quality of the corporation or the 
comparable obligation). (Emphasis added.)
    \26\ See e.g., SEC Final Rule: Removal of Certain References to 
Credit Ratings Under the Investment Company Act (79 FR 1321, January 
8, 2014) (http://www.thefederalregister.org/fdsys/pkg/FR-2014-01-08/pdf/2013-31425.pdf): ``We believe, however, that credit ratings can serve as 
a useful data point for evaluating credit quality, and as noted 
above, a fund's board (or its delegate) may not rely solely on the 
credit ratings of an NRSRO without performing additional due 
diligence''; and Department of Labor, Employee Benefits Security 
Administration Proposed Amendments to Class Prohibited Transaction 
Exemptions To Remove Credit Ratings Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall 
Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (78 FR 37578-9, June 21, 
2013) (http://www.thefederalregister.org/fdsys/pkg/FR-2013-06-21/pdf/2013-14790.pdf): ``In making these determinations, a fiduciary would not 
be precluded from considering credit quality reports prepared by 
outside sources, including credit ratings prepared by credit rating 
agencies, that they conclude are credible and reliable for this 
purpose'' and ``For purposes of this amendment, the Department 
believes that a fiduciary's determination of the credit quality of 
commercial paper according the proposed standard, should, as a 
matter of prudence, include the reports or advice of independent 
third parties, including, where appropriate, such commercial paper's 
credit rating.''
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    One of the commenters requested that PBGC provide relief from 
information penalties if a company relies on a CCRC score that turns 
out to be inaccurate or stale. PBGC believes such relief is unnecessary 
under the final rule because a company may choose a measure that the 
company knows is accurate, or the company may choose to satisfy the 
low-default-risk safe harbor in other ways.

Secured Debt Criterion

    Under the 2013 proposal, one of the criteria required to satisfy 
the sponsor financial soundness standard was that the entity had no 
secured debt, disregarding leases or debt incurred to acquire or 
improve property and secured only by that property (e.g., mortgages and 
equipment financing, including capital leases). In the preamble to the 
2013 proposal, PBGC said it was aware that there may be other 
circumstances in which a company capable of borrowing without security 
might nonetheless choose to offer security to a lender--for example, if 
doing so would significantly reduce the cost of a loan. PBGC sought 
public comment on the extent to which the proposed no-secured-debt test 
might be failed by plan sponsors that had a low risk of default and on 
how to make the test correspond better with commercial reality (e.g., 
by disregarding more types of secured debt).
    Two commenters stated that a plan sponsor's use of secured debt is 
not appropriate as a measure of the plan sponsor's financial health 
because, as PBGC acknowledged in the 2013 proposal, a financially 
healthy company may obtain secured debt for a variety of business 
reasons that do not relate to the credit risk of the company, such as 
to obtain favorable interest rates or because the company has assumed 
the debt from an entity it acquires.
    These comments gave PBGC a better appreciation for how widespread a 
practice it is for creditworthy companies to obtain secured debt. Under 
the final rule, the criterion will be satisfied if a company's secured 
debt (disregarding leases or debt incurred to acquire or improve 
property and secured only by that property) does not exceed 10 percent 
of the company's total assets.
    PBGC was reluctant to try to predict the types of secured debt that 
low-risk borrowers would be more likely to have than higher-risk 
borrowers. The 10 percent threshold included in the criterion serves to 
make a simple allowance for secured debt that good credit quality 
businesses may have. In addition, PBGC's experience is that 
approximately 90 percent of companies that would meet the commercial 
measures criterion of the safe harbor do not have a ratio of secured-
debt-to-total-assets above 10 percent.\27\ PBGC believes this 
correlation between the ability to meet financial obligations and the 
level of secured debt supports the use of 10 percent as an appropriate 
threshold for this safe harbor criterion.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \27\ This figure is based on review of financial statement data 
for companies in PBGC databases that could meet the commercial 
measures criterion.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net-Income Criterion

    Another criterion for the sponsor financial soundness safe harbor 
in the 2013 proposal was that the company had positive net income for 
the past two years. (For non-profit entities, ``net income'' was to be 
measured as the excess of total revenue over total expenses as required 
to be reported on Internal Revenue Service Form 990.)
    Four commenters raised issues regarding the positive net income 
criterion. Two commenters stated that the requirement did not 
necessarily

[[Page 54988]]

reflect the financial risk profile of a company because, for example, 
accounting losses, such as non-cash adjustments, could create negative 
net income for purposes of financial statements but not reflect the 
health of business operations. One of these commenters suggested that 
if the positive net income criterion were retained, PBGC should 
consider adjustments to reflect these unusual charges.
    PBGC did not revise this criterion in the final rule in response to 
the commenters' concerns about non-cash accounting losses. Net income 
measures the economic value a company creates over the measurement 
period, and a lack of net income is one indication of risk that a 
company may lack the resources to fulfill its obligations. Because non-
cash losses (as well as non-cash gains) are components of such economic 
value, PBGC considers it appropriate not to exclude non-cash charges 
from the net-income criterion.
    The description of the net-income criterion in the 2013 proposal 
indicated that net income was to be measured under generally accepted 
accounting principles (GAAP) or International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRS) standards. PBGC included GAAP and IFRS in the 2013 
proposal to provide rigorous and widely-used accounting standards for 
determining net income and because some companies may need to comply 
with IFRS as a result of the international scope of their operations. 
One commenter stated that because GAAP and IFRS are not compatible 
standards, two similarly situated companies might have different 
reporting requirements. PBGC has addressed this concern by eliminating 
the references to GAAP and IFRS in the final rule.
    Another commenter said that a company might not know net income for 
the prior fiscal year when an event occurs, making it impossible to 
determine whether the safe harbor was available. The final rule 
addresses this concern by providing that the low-default-risk safe 
harbor is satisfied on a financial information date (discussed above) 
rather than on a date an event occurs.
    One commenter said that the net-income criterion was unfair because 
it could not be satisfied by financially healthy companies in cyclical 
industries or companies that experience rare and significantly adverse 
events, such as a natural disaster. As also explained in Active 
Participant Reduction below, PBGC is not making special exceptions from 
the reporting obligations due to a natural disaster or other unusual 
event because such an occurrence can cause significant financial 
challenges to a company and raise concerns about its ability to meet 
future pension and other financial obligations. Similarly, PBGC 
believes that it would be inappropriate to provide an exclusion for 
companies in cyclical industries because a company at a low point in 
its income cycle may for just that reason be vulnerable to an event 
that would cause concern about meeting its pension obligations. 
Alerting PBGC to the possibility that a company may not be able to meet 
such obligations is exactly what the reportable events regulation is 
intended to do, regardless of what caused the default risk to rise. In 
any event, such a company might still be able to avail itself of the 
safe harbor by choosing another way of meeting the low-default-risk 
standard.
    One commenter objected to the application of the criterion to non-
profits as inconsistent with the nature of non-profit organizations. 
PBGC disagrees. A non-profit may have positive net income that does not 
jeopardize its non-profit status, so long as the income is related to 
the non-profit's purpose and is not distributed to the non-profit's 
officers, directors, or others connected to the non-profit. In fact, 
many large non-profits with defined benefit plans, such as certain 
hospital systems, have substantial net income. Thus, PBGC does not view 
this criterion to be inconsistent with non-profit operating realities.

Criteria Related to Loan Defaults and Missed Contributions

    The 2013 proposal contained two other financial soundness safe 
harbor criteria, which were intended to supplement and confirm the 
general picture of financial soundness painted by the satisfaction of 
the credit report test. These criteria were:
     For the past two years, the company had no missed 
contribution events, unless reporting was waived.
     For the past two years, the company had no loan default 
events, whether or not reporting was waived.
    Two commenters urged PBGC to disregard for purposes of the missed 
contribution criterion a missed contribution that occurred because of a 
missed or untimely funding balance election or because of a mandatory 
reduction of a funding standard carryover balance or prefunding 
balance. The latter can retroactively create a late quarterly 
contribution that may not be known of by the reporting deadline.
    As discussed in the Missed Contributions section below, the final 
rule includes a modification of the missed contribution event (which is 
the basis for the operation of this criterion) to excuse a missed 
timely funding balance election. PBGC did not make a similar change 
with respect to a mandatory reduction of a funding standard carryover 
balance or prefunding balance. The commenter who raised this issue 
acknowledged that such a situation should be a reportable event but 
expressed concern that a company should not be deprived of qualifying 
for the safe harbor for this reason alone. With the changes in the 
final rule that allow for more flexibility in meeting the low-default-
risk safe harbor, a company that experiences a mandatory reduction in 
its funding balance can still qualify for the safe harbor by meeting 
another criterion.
    One of these commenters also requested that PBGC clarify that late 
contribution reporting under section 303(k) (for amounts over $1 
million) would not be considered when making the determination of 
whether the criterion was met. PBGC declined to make this change. 
Having unpaid contributions exceeding $1 million is too serious a 
deficit to ignore and in PBGC's view, not consistent with adequate 
capacity to meet one's obligations.
    One commenter asked that PBGC make an exception to the no-loan-
default criterion to excuse ``meaningless technical defaults'' that are 
not indicative of any financial challenges. As explained in detail in 
the Loan Default section, the final rule distinguishes between events 
of default (which can lead to substantial contractual remedies for a 
lender to protect its investment) and other circumstances (which may be 
violations of an agreement but do not trigger such remedies).

New Criteria--Ratios of Total-Debt-to-EBITDA and Retained-Earnings-to-
Total-Assets

    In addition to giving companies the ability to satisfy the low-
default-risk safe harbor by various combinations of criteria, the final 
rule includes two additional criteria available for companies to use. 
Both of these new criteria are financial metrics that are easily 
derived from standard financial information.
    One of these criteria is based on the ratio of total-debt-to-
EBITDA. This ratio is commonly referred to as a leverage ratio and is 
used to assess a company's ability to meet its debt obligations. 
Companies with a ratio of total-debt-to-EBITDA of 3.0 or less 
correspond fairly closely with those that would satisfy the

[[Page 54989]]

commercial measures criterion.\28\ Thus, for the debt-to-EBITDA 
criterion to be satisfied, a company must have a ratio of total-debt-
to-EBITDA of 3.0 or less.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \28\ See e.g., Table 3 in http://www.standardandpoors.com/ratings/articles/en/us/?articleType=HTML&assetID=1245329097686.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The other new criterion is based on the ratio of retained-earnings-
to-total-assets. To satisfy this criterion, a company must have a ratio 
of retained-earnings-to-total-assets of 0.25 (one-to-four) or more. 
PBGC included this safe harbor criterion because it shows how much of a 
company's assets have been financed with the company's profits. In 
PBGC's experience, companies with high retained earnings tend to have 
higher profitability and/or a longer operating history that enables the 
accumulation of retained earnings--qualities that indicate the ability 
to meet financial obligations. Analysis of information available to 
PBGC suggests that companies that would meet the commercial measures 
criterion have an average ratio of retained-earnings-to-total-assets of 
at least 0.25.

Well-Funded Plan Safe Harbor

    The old regulation had waivers based on several different measures 
of funded status, sometimes combined with other factors such as public 
company status. The 2013 proposal also used plan funding as a basis for 
relief from filing requirements, but with two different measures, both 
of which were to apply to the same five events as the company risk-
based safe harbor (active participant reductions, substantial owner 
distributions, controlled group changes, extraordinary dividends, and 
benefit liabilities transfers). Reporting was to be waived if the plan 
was either fully funded on a termination basis or 120 percent funded on 
a premium basis (determined, in either case, using prior-year data).
    In the preamble to the 2013 proposal, PBGC explained that from its 
perspective, it is more appropriate to measure plan funding levels 
using termination-basis assumptions than ongoing-plan assumptions 
because termination liability is a better measure of the financial 
impact of plan termination on PBGC and participants.\29\ However, PBGC 
was aware that for plans, measuring funding on an ongoing-plan basis is 
more common because variable-rate premiums, required contributions, 
benefit restrictions, and annual funding notices are all based on 
ongoing-plan calculations. Thus, PBGC proposed both ways of meeting the 
safe harbor. To compensate for the different assumptions and timing 
that generally make termination liability higher than on-going plan 
liability, the 2013 proposal included a 20-percent cushion to make 
those two measures more nearly equivalent.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \29\ To underscore this point, PBGC is required under accounting 
rules to identify contingent liabilities on PBGC's financial 
statements in this manner.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Nine commenters on the 2013 proposal criticized the plan financial 
soundness safe harbor because the required funding ratios were 
unrealistically high. The commenters also generally opposed basing a 
safe harbor on termination-basis liability since few plans ordinarily 
make that determination. Three commenters also said that funding at 100 
percent of termination liability could create a risk of excise tax 
liability.
    After consideration of the comments, PBGC is persuaded that a well-
funded plan safe harbor based on termination-basis liability would be 
unnecessarily burdensome for most plans--especially if the threshold 
remained at 100 percent--and would give reporting relief to few plans. 
Thus, the final rule eliminates the test for the well-funded plan safe 
harbor based on termination-basis liability.
    PBGC is also persuaded that a well-funded plan safe harbor based on 
120 percent funding on a premium basis is not helpful to most plans 
since plans are not likely to fund that high, despite PBGC's belief 
that such a level of funding would better reflect the risk to the 
pension insurance system. After considering various levels of funding 
as suggested by commenters, PBGC concluded that 100 percent funding--
meaning a plan would pay no variable-rate-premium (VRP)--is a realistic 
and reasonable goal and strikes an appropriate balance between the 
burden of reporting and PBGC's need for information to protect the 
pension insurance system. Thus, the well-funded plan safe harbor in the 
final rule applies if the plan owed no VRP for the plan year preceding 
the event year.\30\ Plans exempt from the VRP (e.g., certain new plans) 
will qualify for the safe harbor regardless of their funding 
percentage.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \30\ This safe harbor essentially restores a similar waiver 
under the old regulation, which waived notice for six events if no 
VRP was required to be paid for the plan for the event year.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    This safe harbor is less protective of the pension insurance system 
because, among other reasons, liabilities measured on an on-going basis 
are generally lower than liabilities measured on a termination basis, 
and for premium purposes, only vested liabilities are counted. Thus, 
PBGC anticipates that it will not receive some potentially useful 
reports. However, PBGC accepts this trade-off in the interest of 
addressing sponsor and plan concerns.
    The 2013 proposal looked to the VRP data for the year before the 
event year to determine whether a plan qualified for the safe harbor. 
One commenter suggested that PBGC allow plans that did not meet the 
test with prior year premium information to meet the test based on 
current year premium information, if available by the date an event 
occurs. Under this approach, a calendar-year plan with a reportable 
event in November 2014 could determine its eligibility for the waiver 
based on its 2014 VRP filing, instead of its 2013 VRP filing.
    After consideration of the comment, PBGC is not accepting this 
suggestion. PBGC does not want to lose reports from plans when funding 
improves without gaining reports from plans whose funding deteriorates. 
Yet PBGC does not want to require all plans to reassess qualification 
for the safe harbor when VRP data become available. Basing the safe 
harbor on prior year premium information keeps the safe harbor simple 
and predictable; plans will know for certain prior to year-end whether 
they will qualify for the safe harbor for the entire next plan year.
    The 2013 proposal gave small plans a filing extension--for events 
to which this plan financial soundness safe harbor applied--until one 
month after the prior year's premium filing due date (i.e., five months 
after the end of the prior year). PBGC's recent final rule on premiums 
(see 79 FR 13547, March 11, 2014), which advances the small-plan 
premium due date 6\1/2\ months, makes this extension unnecessary, and 
thus it is not included in the final reportable events regulation.

Small-Plan Waivers

    The 2013 proposal included small-plan waivers for five events, as 
compared to two events under the old regulation. One commenter 
specifically commended PBGC for expanding the availability of small 
plan waivers. The final rule changes the small-plan category from fewer 
than 100 participants to 100 participants or fewer for consistency with 
PBGC's recent premium final rule. Otherwise, the small-plan waiver is 
unchanged from the 2013 proposal.

Public Company Waiver

    The old regulation contained a limited public company waiver for 
reporting controlled group change and

[[Page 54990]]

liquidation events. Reporting of these events was waived if the plan's 
contributing sponsor before the effective date of the transaction was a 
public company and the fair market value of the plan's assets was at 
least 80 percent of the plan's vested benefits amount. In the case of a 
liquidation event, the waiver applied only if each plan maintained by 
the liquidating member was maintained by another member of the plan's 
controlled group after the liquidation. The old regulation also 
contained an extension for public companies to report controlled group 
change, liquidation, and extraordinary dividend events until 30 days 
after the earlier of the first Form 10-Q filing deadline that occurred 
after the transaction or the date when a press release with respect to 
the transaction was issued.
    The 2013 proposal did not include a reporting waiver for public 
companies. One commenter urged PBGC to exempt public company sponsors 
from reportable events requirements entirely. This commenter asserted 
that because publicly-traded companies already report significant 
events on their SEC filings, there is no reason for them to provide 
duplicative filings to PBGC.
    In evaluating the commenter's suggestion, PBGC reviewed SEC 
reporting requirements and reportable event notices to determine the 
extent to which PBGC could get timely and relevant information from SEC 
filings that could substitute for reportable events filings.\31\ Based 
on this review, the final rule waives reporting where any contributing 
sponsor of the affected plan is a public company and the contributing 
sponsor timely files a SEC Form 8-K disclosing the event, except where 
such disclosure is under a SEC Form 8-K item relating primarily to 
results of operations or financial statements.\32\ This waiver applies 
to the same five events as the low-default-risk and well-funded plan 
safe harbors. PBGC found that SEC filings provide adequate and timely 
information to PBGC with respect to these events because they are 
either required to be reported under a specific Form 8-K item or 
because they are material information for investors.\33\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \31\ See http://www.sec.gov/about/forms/form8-k.pdf.
    \32\ The exceptions for results of operations and financial 
statements fall under SEC Form 8-K Item 2.02 (Results of Operations 
and Financial Condition) and Item 9.01 (Financial Statements and 
Exhibits). The final rule's public company waiver includes these 
exceptions because disclosure of a reportable event under these 
items may be incidental to the event that requires SEC disclosure. 
For example, the release of results of operations may include a 
reference to a reportable event in the context of the overall 
business activities during a fiscal quarter. In such a case, PBGC 
believes the SEC disclosure often may be a passing reference with 
little information about the reportable event and likely made long 
after the event may have occurred.
    \33\ Information about these events is often filed on SEC Form 
8-K under either Item 7.01 Regulation FD Disclosure or Item 8.01 
(Other Events) rather than under one of the specified disclosure 
items on SEC Form 8-K. Publicly-traded companies may also be subject 
to additional requirements to disclose events such as dividend 
transactions that are fulfilled through filing an 8-K report. For 
example, the New York Stock Exchange states that ``a listed company 
is expected to release quickly to the public any news or information 
which might reasonably be expected to materially affect the market 
for its securities'' and includes dividend announcements as an 
example of a news item that should be handled on an immediate 
release basis through SEC regulation FD disclosure. See Sections 
202.05 and 06 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual. http://nysemanual.nyse.com/lcm/. PBGC anticipates that not all controlled 
group changes will be reported on SEC Form 8-K. See e.g., Item 2.01 
(Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets). The 
requirement is only to disclose the completion of an acquisition or 
disposition of a significant amount of assets.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The public company waiver does not apply to other events because 
PBGC found that for those events SEC filings would not necessarily 
provide adequate and timely information. For instance, SEC rules do not 
require specific reporting of ERISA events, such as an inability to pay 
benefits when due or a missed contribution, on SEC Form 8-K unless the 
events would be considered material to investor decisions,\34\ which 
often may not be the case for small plans sponsored by large companies. 
Yet these events may still pose a risk to the plan and the pension 
insurance system.\35\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \34\ Although such events may be disclosed in quarterly or 
annual SEC reports in financial statements, the disclosure would not 
be timely or provide adequate information for PBGC purposes.
    \35\ For instance, in one case, a company did not report the 
shutdown of one of its facilities in a March 2008 SEC filing. PBGC 
discovered the shutdown through a Form 10 filing and negotiated a 
settlement under ERISA section 4062(e) that resulted in a $400,000 
contribution into the plan before the company filed bankruptcy and 
terminated the pension plan.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Similarly, corporate events such as loan default and liquidation 
events may not be disclosed in SEC filings because the information is 
not considered material to investors (and thus not required to be 
reported under SEC rules).\36\ Further, even if an event is disclosed 
in an SEC filing, the filing will likely not contain actuarial or other 
important information that would be included in a reportable events 
notice. These kinds of events present a high risk to the pension 
insurance system by their very nature and thus, timely and complete 
information on them is particularly important.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \36\ SEC Form 8-K's Item 2.04 (Triggering Events That Accelerate 
or Increase a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement) requirement is only triggered if the 
consequences of the event are material to the registrant.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    There is no need for a public company waiver for the insolvency 
event in the final regulation (Bankruptcy or Similar Settlements under 
the old regulation), since the new event description excludes 
Bankruptcy Code filings, and public company insolvencies are handled 
through proceedings under the Bankruptcy Code.
    The public company waiver's requirement of actual disclosure (and 
not mere public company status) is consistent with the requirement of 
actual disclosure for public company extensions under the old 
regulation. Such extensions are no longer necessary because all public 
companies will be waived from reporting these events so long as the 
event is actually disclosed.

Foreign Entity and De Minimis Waivers

    The old regulation provided reporting waivers for several events 
where the entity or entities involved in the event were foreign 
entities or represented a de minimis percentage of a controlled 
group.\37\ The 2013 proposal expanded the availability of those waivers 
to five events (extraordinary dividends, controlled group changes, 
insolvencies, liquidations, and loan defaults).\38\ The final rule's 
treatment of de minimis and foreign-entity waivers is unchanged from 
the 2013 proposal.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \37\ Both types of waiver apply to controlled group change, 
liquidation, and extraordinary dividend; the foreign entity waiver 
also applies to loan default and bankruptcy. The foreign entity 
waiver is limited to entities that are not direct or indirect 
parents of contributing sponsors; discussion of the foreign-entity 
waiver in this preamble should be understood to incorporate this 
limitation.
    \38\ The waiver would use the ten percent standard for de 
minimis segments. For liquidation, loan default, and insolvency, the 
de minimis waiver is available only if the entity involved in the 
event was not a contributing sponsor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    With respect to de minimis waivers, one commenter requested that 
PBGC clarify whether an investment in a subsidiary is included in 
tangible or intangible assets, particularly in the case of shell 
companies whose only asset is the stock of a subsidiary, for purposes 
of determining whether the entity is de minimis. PBGC believes that 
treatment of stock in a subsidiary should be consistent with the 
regulatory and accounting requirements sponsors follow to prepare 
financial statements.

Controlled Group Situations

    One commenter raised concerns about the difficulty in monitoring 
members of complex controlled groups for reportable events, 
particularly for the

[[Page 54991]]

five reportable events that involve reporting at the controlled group 
level rather than the plan level: Controlled group changes, 
liquidation, loan defaults, extraordinary dividends, and insolvency 
events. The commenter stated that complicated controlled group 
situations require significant coordination across plan sponsors and 
controlled group members to gather information and test the various 
reporting waivers. Some commenters suggested that the proposal was 
unclear about whether the sponsor safe harbor tests had to be met by 
all controlled group members.
    Similar issues existed under the old regulation. Nonetheless, the 
final rule makes changes from the proposal to addresses these concerns 
and minimizes burden for plans that experience events involving 
controlled groups in a number of ways. The final rule:
     Includes public company waivers for five events.
     Clarifies that the company low-default-risk safe harbor 
(which also applies to controlled group changes and extraordinary 
dividends) requires satisfaction by a contributing sponsor and the 
highest level U.S. parent of the contributing sponsor, not by the whole 
controlled group or by the contributing sponsor or highest level U.S. 
parent alone.
     Provides that satisfaction of the low-default-risk safe 
harbor is based on a single point in time during an annual financial 
cycle rather than determination after each of one or more events during 
a year.
    Besides those changes in the final rule, the exclusion of 
proceedings under the Bankruptcy Code from the insolvency event 
description in the final rule (as in the 2013 proposal) will obviate 
most reporting of insolvency cases that involve controlled groups, 
since most such companies will go through federal bankruptcy 
proceedings in the event of insolvency.
    The final regulation (like the proposal) provides relief from 
monitoring smaller controlled group members (through the de minimis 10-
percent segment waivers) and all foreign controlled group members that 
are not parent entities. The inclusion of a small-plan waiver for the 
controlled group change event also provides relief in this regard. PBGC 
believes these exceptions will alleviate the need to monitor the 
controlled group members that are potentially the most difficult to 
track. In addition, PBGC expects that many smaller controlled group 
members typically will not undergo loan default events because their 
debt levels will not meet the $10 million reporting threshold. Thus, 
PBGC determined that no further changes in the final regulation were 
necessary to address concerns about controlled group monitoring.

Effect of Proposal on Loan Agreements

    As discussed in the 2013 proposal, PBGC reviewed loan agreements to 
better understand the concerns of commenters on the 2009 proposal about 
the effect of the proposal on loan agreements.\39\ Based on this 
review, PBGC concluded that the elimination of reporting waivers would 
not adversely affect most plan sponsors with loan agreements. Further, 
PBGC was not aware of any instance where filing notice of a reportable 
event caused a lender to declare a default. PBGC believes that if a 
lender were to declare a default it would be because the underlying 
event indicated a deterioration in the debtor's financial situation.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \39\ See 78 FR 20047-8.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    PBGC sought further feedback from the public on this issue in the 
2013 proposal and asked that commenters provide copies of relevant loan 
agreements and information about the number and circumstances of plan 
sponsors that have experienced default or suffered other adverse 
consequences related to loan agreements as a result of a reportable 
event. No such documentation was received.
    One commenter on the 2013 proposal said that since the 2009 
proposal, many companies already have renegotiated agreements to 
provide that the occurrence of a reportable event that is not 
automatically waived is an event of default only if the event could 
result in a certain amount of financial liability or could have a 
material adverse effect on the borrower. But the commenter went on to 
say that a material adverse effect clause does not provide clarity as 
to when the clause actually has been or could be triggered. A second 
commenter, while agreeing with PBGC that in most cases, a non-waived 
reportable event will not result in an automatic default, said it is 
the creditor who determines whether the event results in material 
adverse effect.\40\ Both commenters suggested that lenders may try to 
renegotiate agreements under the pretext that a reportable event had 
resulted in (or could have) a material adverse effect on the borrower, 
which would be time consuming and costly and could force the borrower 
to accept unfavorable terms.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \40\ This commenter suggested that the preamble to the 2013 
proposal downplayed the significance of reportable events on loan 
covenants and loan defaults. The commenter estimates that five to 
ten percent of its time is spent monitoring and revising corporate 
events to avoid reporting.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Two commenters urged PBGC to retain the old reportable events 
regulation because companies have taken the regulation's provisions 
into account in contracting with not only lenders but also with 
employee benefit plan investors (who invest in swaps and futures 
agreements).\41\ However, the old regulation has been unchanged since 
1997, when the economy, defined benefit pension plans and the pension 
insurance program looked very different than they do today. Based on 
more than 15 years of experience with the old regulation, PBGC has 
found that the regulation is not effective in providing timely reports 
for plans that pose the most risk to the pension insurance system.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \41\ This commenter also stated at the hearing that one of its 
members would have faced bankruptcy proceedings unless it was able 
to renegotiate its credit agreement to include a material adverse 
effect clause to a provision that required the absence of a 
reportable events filing. The commenter indicated that the sponsor 
was successful in this effort.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Moreover, reportable events notices are designed to give PBGC 
notices of events that could impair the payment of a debt (i.e., a 
pension obligation). If a lender invokes a material adverse effect 
clause as a result of a reportable event, it is because the lender has 
concerns that the event will impair the company's ability to pay on the 
loan, not because the event is reported to PBGC. In other words, a 
company's lender's concerns in this regard and PBGC's concerns are 
likely to be congruent.
    Although PBGC's understanding of the impact of the regulation on 
loan agreements has not changed, PBGC believes that the changes made in 
this final rule should assuage commenters' concerns in this area. The 
final rule provides more waivers than under the 2013 proposal. PBGC 
anticipates that about 94 percent of plans covered by PBGC will qualify 
for at least one waiver under the active participant reduction, 
controlled group change, extraordinary dividend, benefit liability 
transfer, and substantial owner distribution event provisions. Along 
with missed contribution events (which PBGC does not expect to be 
reported in greater numbers under the final rule), these five events 
accounted for over 90% of filings between 2012 and 2014. Thus, with 
more waivers covering the most common events, sponsors will be better 
off under the new regulation than under the old regulation, and PBGC 
expects an overall net reduction in reporting under the final rule (see 
discussion in Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 and Paperwork Reduction 
Act), and an

[[Page 54992]]

increase in the reporting of events that are a true concern to the 
pension insurance system. In addition, the deferral of the 
applicability date for the final regulation should give plan sponsors 
time to consult with loan providers about appropriate amendments to 
loan agreements, which, as mentioned by the commenter referred to 
above, companies appear already to be doing.\42\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \42\ When credit and investment agreements are renegotiated, 
borrowers might be able to address uncertainty raised by having 
material adverse effect clauses by negotiating a dollar figure 
threshold that would trigger an event of default.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Descriptions of Events Under the Final Rule

    The next sections of the preamble address specific event 
descriptions, which can impact reporting requirements in much the same 
way as waivers. The final rule follows the 2013 proposal that reporting 
of an insolvency event is required only when a member of a plan's 
controlled group is involved in insolvency proceedings that are not 
under the federal Bankruptcy Code) and makes no changes in event 
descriptions that were not addressed in the 2013 proposal.

Active Participant Reduction

    Under ERISA section 4043(c)(3), in general, a reportable active 
participant reduction occurs when the number of active participants is 
reduced below 80 percent of the number at the beginning of the year or 
below 75 percent of the number at the beginning of the prior year.
    Creeping losses of active participants may cross the two percentage 
thresholds at different times in one year. The 2009 proposal added a 
reporting waiver to limit reporting to once a year on the premise that 
PBGC would monitor for at least a year any plan that reported an active 
participant reduction.
    The 2013 proposal introduced a new approach to reporting active 
participant reductions. It distinguished between rapid reductions--
which would have to be reported immediately--and slower reductions 
attributable to attrition--which would have to be tested for and 
reported only once a year. This approach addressed a comment on the 
2009 proposal requesting relief from the need to monitor constantly for 
creeping active participant reductions that might exceed one of the 
percentage thresholds. Because the attrition event can occur only once 
a year, PBGC eliminated the 2009 proposal's waiver from reporting 
subsequent active participant reduction event notices after the first 
such event in the same year was reported. PBGC reasoned that quick 
drops in the number of active participants should be easy to spot 
without exercising unusual vigilance.
    Under the 2013 proposal, a ``quick'' active participant reduction 
event would occur when the reporting threshold was crossed either 
within a single 30-day period (a short-period event) or as a result of 
a single cause (a single-cause event), such as the discontinuance of an 
operation, a natural disaster, a reorganization, a mass layoff, or an 
early retirement incentive program. An attrition event would occur if 
the active participant count at the end of a plan year fell below one 
of the percentage thresholds. A 120-day reporting extension beyond the 
end of the year would provide time to count active participants.
    The final rule generally tracks the 2013 proposal but eliminates 
the short-period event (as one commenter requested), lengthens the 
reporting extension for attrition events, and makes some minor 
editorial changes for clarification. PBGC concluded that the burden of 
monitoring for short-period events would outweigh the value of short-
period event reports, since most short-period events would likely also 
be either single-cause events or eventually captured in an attrition-
event filing. In addition, PBGC decided to extend the reporting 
deadline for attrition events until the premium due date for the plan 
year following the event year.
    Two commenters requested reinstatement of the waiver of reporting 
more than once a year from the 2009 proposal, or clarification of when 
more frequent reporting would be required. As explained above, the 
``once-a-year'' waiver is no longer necessary for creeping active 
participant losses because the attrition event can arise only once a 
year. And after consideration, PBGC has concluded that it cannot 
adequately monitor plans for multiple rapid active participant 
reduction events in the same year. Further, two or more distinct events 
in the same year could signal extreme financial distress that merit 
timely reporting to PBGC. Thus the ``once-a-year'' waiver is not in the 
final rule.
    Two commenters suggested exempting frozen plans from the active 
participant reduction event or waiving reporting unless plan 
liabilities increased (as from a triggering of shut-down benefits). 
PBGC has not adopted these suggestions. Although the active participant 
reduction event may be more easily triggered for a frozen plan, such 
plans can pose just as much risk to the pension insurance system as 
plans that are not frozen.
    One commenter asked for a waiver or extension of the requirement to 
report active participant reductions caused by natural disasters. The 
issue here would appear to apply equally to all reportable events, but 
even limiting the proposal to the active participant reduction event, 
PBGC is concerned that the occurrence of a disaster may increase, 
rather than obviate, the importance of timely reporting because a 
natural disaster may have a lasting negative impact on the ability of a 
business to continue operating. Thus, PBGC is providing no special 
rules for disasters in the final rule. Note, however, that in 
appropriate cases, PBGC issues disaster relief notices that provide 
temporary relief from reporting requirements.\43\ Case-by-case waivers 
and extensions are also available.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \43\ See PBGC guidance on disaster relief at http://www.pbgc.gov/res/other-guidance/dr.html.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    One commenter wanted PBGC to waive reporting of active participant 
reductions due to spinoffs within a controlled group. PBGC sees no more 
reason to waive reporting where there is an intra-group spinoff than 
where there is no spinoff. The loss of active participants is of 
concern itself, regardless of cause. Further, such a spin-off may be a 
precursor to the transfer of benefit liabilities outside the controlled 
group. Accordingly, no such waiver is provided in the final rule, 
though case-by-case waivers are available.
    Finally, this commenter also questioned the utility of reports of 
active participant reduction events, suggesting that PBGC is unaffected 
by active participant reductions and takes no action on a report of 
such an event unless accompanied by some other event. PBGC disagrees 
with this assessment. Notices of active participant reductions (which 
often result from business restructurings) give PBGC a chance to 
intervene to protect plan assets when a restructuring fails and plan 
termination becomes a significant possibility.

Missed Contributions

    Under the old regulation (Sec.  4043.25), a missed contribution 
event occurs when a plan sponsor fails to make any required plan 
contribution by its due date.
    The final rule (like the 2009 and 2013 proposals) clarifies the 
language in Sec.  4043.25. This reportable event does not apply only to 
contributions required by statute,\44\ but also to contributions

[[Page 54993]]

required as a condition of a funding waiver that do not fall within the 
statutory provisions on waiver amortization charges.\45\ The final rule 
(like the 2013 proposal) includes waivers for this event for a missed 
contribution made up within 30 days after its due date and for small 
plans that miss quarterly contributions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \44\ Such required contributions include quarterly contributions 
under ERISA section 303(j)(3) and Code section 430(j)(3), liquidity 
shortfall contributions under ERISA section 303(j)(4) and Code 
section 430(j)(4), and contributions to amortize funding waivers 
under ERISA section 303(e) and Code section 430(e).
    \45\ Such ``non-statutory'' contributions are not taken into 
account under ERISA section 303(k) and Code section 430(k), dealing 
with liens that arise because of large missed contributions, and are 
therefore disregarded under Sec.  4043.81, which implements those 
provisions. However, violating the conditions of a funding waiver 
typically means that contributions that were waived become 
retroactively due and unpaid and are counted for purposes of Sec.  
4043.81.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    One commenter suggested that PBGC add a waiver for contributions 
missed solely because of a failure to timely make a funding balance 
election. The final rule adds a waiver for a missed contribution where 
the failure to timely make the contribution is due solely to the plan 
sponsor's failure to timely make a funding balance election.
    The final rule also clarifies a technical point from the 2013 
proposal. The requirement to submit a reportable event notice for a 
missed contribution is satisfied by submission of Form 200 for the same 
event. However, reliance on Form 200 to satisfy the reportable event 
filing requirement does not transform Form 200 into a reportable event 
notice. Thus, the final rule makes clear that a Form 200 filing is not 
protected by the non-disclosure provisions of ERISA section 4043(f).

Inability To Pay Benefits When Due

    In general, a reportable event occurs when a plan fails to make a 
benefit payment timely or when a plan's liquid assets fall below the 
level needed for paying benefits for six months. The old regulation 
excuses failure to pay due to inability to locate the payee or any 
other administrative delay of less than two months (or two benefit 
payment periods). In reviewing the proposed rule, PBGC concluded that 
it would be unfair to require a plan to report an inability to pay 
benefits when due simply because (despite the diligence called for by 
the fiduciary standards) a payee could not be located within the 
prescribed time limit. Accordingly, the final rule clarifies that the 
time limit does not apply to delay in paying a missing payee. Other 
administrative delays are excused only to the extent they do not exceed 
the prescribed time limit.

Distribution to Substantial Owner

    Under the old regulation, distributions to substantial owners 
generally were required to be reported if the total distributions to an 
owner exceeded $10,000 in a year, unless the plan was fully funded for 
nonforfeitable benefits. The 2013 proposal limited the event to 
circumstances where the distributions to one substantial owner exceeded 
one percent of plan assets or the distributions to all substantial 
owners exceeded five percent of plan assets. In addition, PBGC proposed 
to limit reporting for a distribution in the form of an annuity to one 
notice, which would satisfy all future reporting requirements for the 
annuity so long as the annuity did not increase. Once notified that an 
annuity was being paid to a substantial owner, PBGC would need no 
further notices that the annuity was continuing to be paid.
    One commenter asked PBGC to exclude from reporting payments made to 
comply with the minimum required distribution rules of Code section 
401(a)(9), which might involve an increasing annuity if the substantial 
owner were still working and accruing benefits but required to take 
minimum distributions. In response, the final rule provides that 
reporting for distributions in the form of annuities is required only 
once, without the limitation that the annuity be non-increasing.

Controlled Group Change

    Under Sec.  4043.29 (both in the old regulation and the new 
regulation), a reportable event occurs for a plan when there is a 
transaction that results, or will result, in one or more persons' 
ceasing to be members of a plan's controlled group. For this purpose, 
the term ``transaction'' includes a written or unwritten legally 
binding agreement to transfer ownership or an actual transfer or change 
of ownership. (A transaction is not reportable if it will result solely 
in a reorganization involving a mere change in identity, form, or place 
of organization, however effected.)
    One commenter to the 2013 proposal raised concerns that elimination 
of the waivers for this event under the old regulation (which the 2013 
proposal replaced with other waivers) would require significant 
monitoring of every transaction in which any controlled group member 
engages throughout the year and analysis of each such transaction to 
determine whether reporting is required. This commenter further 
asserted that the 2013 proposal would add significant administrative 
burdens without a corresponding increase in the security of the pension 
insurance system and urged PBGC to restore the funding and public 
company waivers that applied under the old regulation. PBGC has 
addressed this concern with the final rule's inclusion of the small 
plan and public company waivers, without regard to plan funding status. 
See the discussion above in the sections Public Company Waiver and 
Controlled Group Situations.
    The 2013 proposal deleted the example in Sec.  4043.29(e)(3) of the 
old regulation that indicated that a reportable event occurred when a 
member of a controlled group ceased to exist upon being merged into 
another member in the course of a reorganization. However, this point 
was not made clearly by the language in Sec.  4043.29(a) describing the 
event. The final rule adds language further clarifying that a 
controlled group member's ceasing to exist because of a merger into 
another member of the group is not a reportable event.
    Like the 2013 proposal, the final rule provides that whether an 
agreement is legally binding is to be determined without reference to 
any conditions in the agreement. For this purpose, a legally binding 
agreement means an agreement that provides for obligations that are 
material to and enforceable by and against the parties to the 
agreement, regardless of whether any conditions of the agreement have 
been met or satisfied (in other words, an agreement does not fail to be 
legally binding solely because it is subject to conditions that have 
not been performed).\46\ Example 2 in the regulatory text has been 
modified to make clear when the filing is triggered. The provisions on 
controlled group change events are otherwise unchanged from the 2013 
proposal.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \46\ See similar language in SEC Form 8-K Item 1.01 used to 
define a material definitive agreement.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Extraordinary Dividends

    Under the old regulation, an extraordinary dividend or stock 
redemption occurred when a member of a plan's controlled group declared 
a distribution (a dividend or stock redemption) that alone or in 
combination with previous distributions exceeded a level specified in 
the regulation. The 2013 proposal eliminated much of the computational 
detail that the old regulation prescribed for determining whether a 
reportable event had occurred by providing that the computations be 
done in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
    Although PBGC did not receive comments on the 2013 proposal for 
this event, PBGC decided to include in the

[[Page 54994]]

final rule a waiver for public companies from reporting extraordinary 
dividends and stock redemptions, as discussed above under Public 
Company Waiver.

Transfer of Benefit Liabilities

    The reportable events regulation requires reporting to PBGC when, 
in any 12-month period, three percent or more of a plan's benefit 
liabilities are transferred to a person outside the transferor plan's 
controlled group or to a plan or plans maintained by a person or 
persons outside the transferor plan's controlled group. Transfers of 
benefit liabilities are of concern to PBGC because they may reduce the 
transferor plan's funded percentage \47\ and because the transferee may 
be a higher default risk than the transferor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \47\ Under Code section 414(l), transfers of liabilities must be 
covered by assets. In most cases of liabilities transfers, assets 
from the transferor plan also will be transferred to the transferee 
plan, which would reduce the amount of assets in the transferor plan 
and may affect its funded percentage.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Both the 2009 and 2013 proposals clarified that satisfaction of a 
plan's benefit liabilities through the payment of a lump sum or the 
purchase of an irrevocable commitment to provide an annuity would not 
constitute a transfer of benefit liabilities that must be reported 
under the regulation. In the preamble to the 2013 proposal (78 FR at 
20050), PBGC stated it had concluded that such transfers need not be 
reported because the provisions in section 436 of the Code and section 
206(g) of ERISA (as added by the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (PPA)) 
prohibit or limit cashouts and annuitizations by significantly 
underfunded plans. In addition, since cashouts and annuitizations do 
not involve benefit liabilities transferring to another plan, PBGC 
reasoned there would be no concern about a transferee plan's financial 
health.
    One commenter on the 2013 proposal opposed the exclusion of lump 
sums and annuity purchases from the reporting requirement. This 
commenter suggested that cash-outs or annuitizations on a large scale, 
sometimes referred to as de-risking or risk transfers, presage the 
decline of the defined benefit pension plan system. This commenter 
stated PBGC could gather information that might lead to regulatory or 
statutory protection for participants impacted by these types of 
transactions. During the hearing on the 2013 proposal, however, all of 
the co-panelists of this commenter expressed opposite views.
    PBGC shares concerns about the potential impact of cashouts and 
annuitizations on a large scale on retirement security, including 
concerns that some of these transactions may leave a plan underfunded 
or effectively be part of a standard termination without meeting the 
applicable statutory and regulatory requirements (including reporting 
to PBGC and disclosure to participants). PBGC also recognizes that such 
transactions may create burdens on individuals whose options to obtain 
lifetime income in retirement are limited or who may not have the 
resources or experience to manage lump sum distributions in a way that 
replicates the professional investment management (with the associated 
fiduciary responsibilities) of defined benefit plan assets. PBGC notes, 
however, that few companies would be subject to advance reporting of 
such transactions, thus severely limiting the utility of such 
reporting, as compared to its burden. Therefore, PBGC is not adopting 
the commenter's suggestion in this final rule. Accordingly, the final 
rule retains the treatment of lump sum distributions and annuity 
purchases from the proposals.
    Nevertheless, PBGC believes there are ways to address the 
commenter's concerns. PBGC believes it has useful tools to monitor and 
analyze trends (e.g., Form 5500 and premium filings) as well as tools 
to provide education and outreach to participants, and is carefully 
considering how best to do so.\48\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \48\ PBGC is requiring reporting of risk transfers on premium 
forms, starting with filings for plan years beginning in 2015. See 
http://www.pbgc.gov/Documents/2015-Premium-Payment-Instructions.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Loan Default

    Under the old regulation, a loan default reportable event occurred, 
with respect to a loan with an outstanding balance of $10 million or 
more to any member of a plan's controlled group, when a loan payment 
was more than 30 days late (10 days in the case of advance reporting), 
when the lender accelerated the loan, or when there was a written 
notice of default based on a drop in cash reserves, an unusual or 
catastrophic event, or the debtor's persistent failure to meet agreed-
on performance levels.
    PBGC believes that the significance of both potential and actual 
loan defaults on such large loans is so great that reporting should not 
be restricted to the current list of reporting triggers. Rather, PBGC 
believes that not only any default on a loan of $10 million or more--
even a default on a loan within a controlled group--but waivers and 
amendments of loan covenants that are made to avoid a default (to keep 
the loan arrangement functioning) may reflect financial difficulty and 
pose serious challenges for the pension insurance system. Accordingly, 
in the 2013 proposal PBGC expanded the definition of the loan default 
event. Under the 2013 proposal, a reportable event would occur if a 
member of a plan's controlled group had an outstanding loan balance of 
$10 million or more and--
     There was an acceleration of payment or a default under 
the loan agreement, or
     The lender waived or agreed to an amendment of any 
covenant in the loan agreement for the purpose of avoiding a default.
    These changes were to apply for both post-event notices and advance 
notices.
    In the preamble to the 2013 proposal, PBGC stated its belief that 
the reporting requirement for loan defaults under the proposed rule 
would be comparable to what a typical creditor would require of a 
borrower to monitor the ability of the borrower to meet its obligations 
under the loan agreement. PBGC sought the views of the public on 
specific issues dealing with loan defaults, including how PBGC might 
better replicate reporting of information to creditors and whether 
there is a category of ``technical'' defaults that should not be 
reportable events.
    One commenter was concerned that the proposal would require PBGC to 
determine a plan sponsor's intent behind a waiver or amendment and was 
not sure how such intent could be determined. To address this comment, 
the final rule replaces words ``for the purpose of avoiding a default'' 
in the 2013 proposal with the words ``the effect of which is to cure or 
avoid a breach that would trigger a default.''
    This commenter also said that the scope of the proposed expansion 
of the event definition was too broad, especially for public companies 
that might face SEC disclosure issues. The commenter urged PBGC to 
modify the proposal to require the reporting of an amendment or waiver 
only to ``material financial covenants,'' and not all covenants (e.g., 
non-financial covenants such as compliance with ERISA and similar 
laws). Another commenter, in responding to the proposed loan default 
criterion of the sponsor financial soundness safe harbor, was also 
concerned that the proposed rule's description of the loan default 
event was too broad because so-called meaningless ``technical 
defaults'' that are waived by a lender and are not indicative of 
financial stress would be reported. Other than these comments, PBGC did 
not receive feedback on loan default concerns.
    After reviewing the comments and further analysis of typical loan

[[Page 54995]]

agreement provisions, PBGC has decided to not make further changes to 
the event description in response to comments. Covenants that are tied 
to event-of-default triggers are put into loan agreements because 
lenders believe that failure to comply with such covenants is 
significant and serves as an early indicator that a company may be 
experiencing financial difficulties resulting in its inability to pay 
its debts on time and in full. Distinctions should be made between a 
breach of any covenant in a loan agreement and a breach of a particular 
covenant that gives rise to a possible event-of-default trigger. The 
former may cover the kinds of minor loan agreement violations of the 
kind the commenter who asked that ``technical defaults'' of loan 
agreements be excluded from reporting under the regulation. The latter 
are those types of breaches (e.g., non-payment, failure to meet a 
financial ratio, or failure to provide some important information) that 
the parties to the loan agreement have agreed are serious enough to 
undermine the loan agreement arrangement. Under the final regulation, 
PBGC will act as any another creditor would by requiring reporting of 
all incidents within the expanded scope of the loan default event. If a 
sponsor believes that an event triggering the loan default reporting 
requirement does not reflect financial difficulty or the ability of the 
sponsor to meet its pension obligations, PBGC will consider a request 
for a case-by-case waiver.
    The final rule makes one other change to this event from the 2013 
proposal. The final rule deletes a paragraph from the old regulation on 
the notice date for payment acceleration or loan default that referred 
to ``other conditions'' for such occurrences to be reportable. Because 
the provisions concerning ``other conditions'' are eliminated 
(following the 2013 proposal), this paragraph is no longer necessary.

Form 200 Reporting

    One commenter suggested that PBGC allow for simplified reporting 
for Form 200 filings in limited situations, such as when the missed 
contribution has been made up by the filing due date and the plan has 
not missed any other contributions within a certain period of time. 
PBGC thought this was a good suggestion. Accordingly, under the final 
rule, if a plan sponsor makes up a missed contribution by the Form 200 
notice due date, and the sponsor has not missed any other required 
contributions during the two-year period ending on the Form 200 notice 
due date, the plan may file the Form 200 notice without any of the 
attachments (e.g., controlled group listing and company financial 
statements) otherwise required by the Form 200 and instructions.

Other Topics Under the Final Rule

Advance Reporting

    In general, reportable events must be reported to PBGC within 30 
days after they occur. But section 4043(b) of ERISA requires advance 
reporting by a contributing sponsor for certain reportable events if a 
``threshold test'' is met, unless the contributing sponsor or 
controlled group member to which an event relates is a public company. 
The advance reporting threshold test is based on the aggregate funding 
level of plans maintained by the contributing sponsor and members of 
the contributing sponsor's controlled group. The funding level criteria 
are expressed by reference to calculated values that are used to 
determine VRPs under section 4006 of ERISA.
    PPA changed the plan funding rules in Title I of ERISA and in the 
Code and amended the VRP provisions of section 4006 of ERISA to conform 
to the changes in the funding rules. The final rule, like the prior 
proposals, conforms the regulation to the changes made under PPA.\49\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \49\ Several other PBGC regulations also refer to plan funding 
concepts using citations outmoded by PPA: The regulations on Filing, 
Issuance, Computation of Time, and Record Retention (29 CFR part 
4000); Terminology (29 CFR part 4001); Variances for Sale of Assets 
(29 CFR part 4204); Adjustment of Liability for a Withdrawal 
Subsequent to a Partial Withdrawal (29 CFR part 4206); and Mergers 
and Transfers Between Multiemployer Plans (29 CFR part 4231). Thus, 
these regulations must also be revised to be consistent with ERISA 
and the Code as amended by PPA and with the revised premium 
regulations. The final rule makes the necessary conforming 
revisions, as proposed.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The regulatory language under the final rule is slightly modified 
to conform to changes made in a recent final rule on PBGC premiums 
under which small plans generally calculate the VRP using data from the 
plan year preceding the premium payment year, a requirement referred to 
as the ``look-back rule.'' \50\ Thus, the reportable events final rule 
clarifies that the VRP data used for this advance reporting test are 
not the data for the prior year, but the data used to determine the VRP 
for the prior year.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \50\ See 79 FR 13547 (March 11, 2014).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    There is no change in the final rule from the 2013 proposal that 
eliminated advance-notice extensions for loan default and voluntary 
insolvency events. (The notice date of an event where insolvency 
proceedings are filed against a debtor by someone outside the plan's 
controlled group is extended to 10 days after proceedings begin). Thus, 
under the final rule, the due date for these events is the same as for 
other reportable events subject to the advance-notice requirements 
(i.e., 30 days prior to the event).

Forms and Instructions

    PBGC issues three reporting forms for use under the reportable 
events regulation. Form 10 is for post-event reporting under subpart B 
of the regulation; Form 10-Advance is for advance reporting under 
subpart C of the regulation; and Form 200 is for reporting under 
subpart D of the regulation. Failure to report is subject to penalties 
under section 4071 of ERISA. The final rule eliminates some of the 
documentation that was required to be submitted with notices of two 
reportable events under the old regulation, but also requires that 
filers submit with notices of most events some information that is 
typically requested by PBGC after notices are reviewed. The final rule 
also requires the use of prescribed reportable events forms and moves 
from the regulation to the forms and instructions the lists of 
information items that must be reported.
    Three commenters expressed concern about moving the information 
requirements from the regulation to the forms and instructions because 
public input on any changes might be limited; one of these commenters 
said that Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) notices are easy to miss.
    PBGC does not agree. PBGC posts all pending PRA submissions on its 
Web site at http://www.pbgc.gov/res/laws-and-regulations/information-collections-under-omb-review.html. Interested persons can sign up for 
notifications of new postings through PBGC's Web site at http://www.pbgc.gov/res/res/stay-informed.html. PBGC observes that the public 
was provided an opportunity to comment on the forms and instructions in 
connection with the 2013 proposal and PBGC received only one 
substantive comment (noted below). Moving the information requirements 
to the forms and instructions will allow PBGC to be more flexible in 
responding to future developments, such as changes in information 
technology.\51\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \51\ Although changes to the paperwork would not have to go 
through notice and comment rulemaking, they would still have to be 
reviewed by OMB under the Paperwork Reduction Act, which typically 
requires two public notices and a total of 90 days for submission of 
public comments.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    One commenter felt that the 2013 proposal dramatically increased 
the information required to be initially reported. As explained in the 
2013

[[Page 54996]]

proposal (78 FR 20051), PBGC acknowledges that initial information 
requirements generally will increase. However, the total amount of 
information submitted to PBGC (including both initial reports and 
follow-up information requested by PBGC) generally will not increase, 
and providing information all at one time is more efficient than doing 
so in multiple installments. Further, by requiring more information 
with the initial filing, the new requirements will allow PBGC to 
intervene to protect plans and participants more quickly in appropriate 
circumstances.

Mandatory Electronic Filing

    The final rule, like the 2009 and 2013 proposals, requires 
electronic filing of reportable events notices. This requirement is 
part of PBGC's ongoing implementation of the Government Paperwork 
Elimination Act.
    Filers are permitted to email filings with attachments using any 
one or more of a variety of electronic formats that PBGC is capable of 
reading as provided in the instructions on PBGC's Web site. (PBGC 
accepts imaged signatures for filings.)
    PBGC may consider other E-filing enhancements, such as a Web-based 
filing application for reportable events similar to the applications 
for PBGC's section 4010 and premium filings, as internet capabilities 
and standards change. Such developments would be reflected in PBGC's 
reportable events e-filing instructions.
    PBGC sought public comment on its proposal to require electronic 
filing. One commenter favored electronic reporting while two others 
requested a paper filing option. In view of the fact that all plans 
subject to the reportable events regulation must file Form 5500 and 
PBGC premiums electronically, a paper option within the regulation for 
the occasional reportable event notice seems unnecessary. However, PBGC 
may grant case-by-case waivers of the electronic filing requirement.

Other Changes

    The final rule makes a change to Sec.  4043.20 that was not 
included in the 2013 proposal to clarify that the responsibility for a 
failure to file a reportable event notice if there is a change in plan 
sponsor or plan administrator lies with the person who is the plan 
administrator or contributing sponsor of the plan on the due date. 
Without this change, if there were a change in plan administrator or 
sponsor after a notice had been filed but before the due date, the new 
plan administrator or sponsor would be required to file another notice. 
A similar change is made to Sec.  4043.61(a) with respect to a change 
in a contributing sponsor and the responsibility to file advance-notice 
reports.
    The final rule also makes applicable to the regulation generally a 
provision--limited to one event in the old regulation--waiving 
reporting for statutory reportable events outside the scope of the 
reportable events described in the regulation. This provision has been 
reworded and moved from Sec.  4043.31(c)(1) (dealing with extraordinary 
dividends) to Sec.  4043.4(e) (dealing with waivers generally).
    The 2013 proposal made other technical changes that are retained in 
the final rule.\52\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \52\ See 78 FR 20052-3.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Summary Chart

    The following tables summarize waiver and safe harbor provisions 
for reportable events for which post-event reporting is required. The 
first table shows waivers and safe harbors available under this final 
rule, and the second table shows a comparison of such provisions 
between the old regulation and this final rule. As explained in detail 
above, the final rule also provides reporting relief--like the relief 
provided by waivers--through changes to the definitions of certain 
reportable events, including substantial owner distributions and active 
participant reductions and through the requirement for filing only once 
a plan year for active participant reductions that occur by attrition.

[[Page 54997]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR11SE15.005


[[Page 54998]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR11SE15.006


[[Page 54999]]


[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR11SE15.007


[[Page 55000]]



Applicability

    The changes to Part 4043 made by this final rule are applicable to 
post-event reports for reportable events occurring on or after January 
1, 2016, and to advance reports due on or after that date.

Regulatory Procedures

Executive Orders 12866 and 13563

    PBGC has determined that this rule is a ``significant regulatory 
action'' under Executive Order 12866. The Office of Management and 
Budget has therefore reviewed this rule under Executive Order 12866.
    Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess all 
costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if 
regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize 
net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public 
health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). Executive 
Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and 
benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting 
flexibility. Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 require that a 
comprehensive regulatory impact analysis be performed for any 
economically significant regulatory action, defined as an action that 
would result in an annual effect of $100 million or more on the 
national economy or that have other substantial impacts. In accordance 
with OMB Circular A-4, PBGC has examined the economic and policy 
implications of this rule and has concluded that the action's benefits 
justify its costs.
    As discussed above, some reportable events present little or no 
risk to the pension insurance system--where, for example, the plan 
sponsor presents a low risk of default and the risk of plan termination 
is correspondingly low. Reports of such events are unnecessary in the 
sense that PBGC typically reviews but takes no action on them. PBGC 
analyzed 2013 records to determine how many such reports it received 
for events to which the proposed sponsor safe harbor would apply, then 
reanalyzed the data to see how many unnecessary reports would have been 
received if the plan sponsor safe harbor in the proposed rule had been 
in effect (that is, excluding reports that would have been waived under 
the plan sponsor safe harbor test).\56\ It found that the proportion of 
unnecessary filings would be much lower under the final regulation than 
under the old regulation--9 percent (19 filings) compared to 50 percent 
(215 filings). Such improved efficiency will be reflected in 
dramatically reduced regulatory burden on sponsors and plans that 
satisfy the risk-based safe harbors. Further, PBGC estimates that the 
number of total filings will be reduced under the final regulation.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \56\ Filings that involved section 4062(e) events always 
resulted in the opening of cases and were excluded from the 
analysis.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Fewer unnecessary reports means a more efficient reporting system 
and a greater proportion of filings that present the opportunity for 
increased plan protection through monitoring and possible intervention 
in transactions based on risk, leading to better protection for the 
pension insurance system and retirement security generally.
    Using data from 2013, PBGC has estimated the benefit of better-
targeted reporting under the new regulation in terms of the value of 
early intervention as a creditor where a reportable event may 
foreshadow sponsor default. Early intervention as a creditor leads to 
higher recoveries of plan underfunding. PBGC estimates that the value 
of early intervention would exceed the dollar equivalent of the 
increased burden associated with the higher rate of targeted reporting 
by approximately $4.3 million.
    Under Section 3(f)(1) of Executive Order 12866, a regulatory action 
is economically significant if ``it is likely to result in a rule that 
may . . . [h]ave an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or 
more or adversely affect in a material way the economy, a sector of the 
economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public 
health or safety, or State, local, or tribal governments or 
communities.'' PBGC has determined that this final rule does not cross 
the $100 million threshold for economic significance and is not 
otherwise economically significant.
    This action is associated with retrospective review and analysis in 
PBGC's Plan for Regulatory Review issued in accordance with Executive 
Order 13563 on ``Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review.''

Regulatory Flexibility Act

    The Regulatory Flexibility Act imposes certain requirements with 
respect to rules that are subject to the notice and comment 
requirements of section 553(b) of the Administrative Procedure Act and 
that are likely to have a significant economic impact on a substantial 
number of small entities. Unless an agency determines that a rule is 
not likely to have a significant economic impact on a substantial 
number of small entities, section 603 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act 
requires that the agency present an initial regulatory flexibility 
analysis at the time of the publication of the proposed rule describing 
the impact of the rule on small entities and seeking public comment on 
such impact. Small entities include small businesses, organizations and 
governmental jurisdictions.
    For purposes of the Regulatory Flexibility Act requirements with 
respect to the proposed amendments to the reportable events regulation, 
PBGC considers a small entity to be a plan with fewer than 100 
participants. This is the same criterion used to determine the 
availability of the ``small plan'' waiver, and is consistent with 
certain requirements in Title I of ERISA \57\ and the Code,\58\ as well 
as the definition of a small entity that the Department of Labor (DOL) 
has used for purposes of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.\59\ Using this 
definition, about 64 percent (14,349 of 22,344) of plans covered by 
Title IV of ERISA in 2014 were small plans.\60\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \57\ See, e.g., ERISA section 104(a)(2), which permits the 
Secretary of Labor to prescribe simplified annual reports for 
pension plans that cover fewer than 100 participants.
    \58\ See, e.g., Code section 430(g)(2)(B), which permits plans 
with 100 or fewer participants to use valuation dates other than the 
first day of the plan year.
    \59\ See, e.g., DOL's final rule on Prohibited Transaction 
Exemption Procedures, 76 FR 66,637, 66,644 (Oct. 27, 2011).
    \60\ See PBGC 2014 pension insurance data table S-31 http://www.pbgc.gov/documents/2013-DATA-BOOK-FINAL.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Further, while some large employers may have small plans, in 
general most small plans are maintained by small employers. Thus, PBGC 
believes that assessing the impact of the final rule on small plans is 
an appropriate substitute for evaluating the effect on small entities. 
The definition of small entity considered appropriate for this purpose 
differs, however, from a definition of small business based on size 
standards promulgated by the Small Business Administration (13 CFR 
121.201) pursuant to the Small Business Act. PBGC requested comments on 
the appropriateness of the size standard used in evaluating the impact 
on small entities of the proposed amendments to the reportable events 
regulation. PBGC received no comments in response to this request.
    On the basis of its definition of small entity, PBGC certifies 
under section 605(b) of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 et 
seq.) that the amendments in this rule will not have a significant 
economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Accordingly, 
as provided in section 605

[[Page 55001]]

of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.), sections 603 
and 604 do not apply. This certification is based on the fact that the 
reportable events regulation requires only the filing of one-time 
notices on the occurrence of unusual events that affect only certain 
plans and that the economic impact of filing is not significant. The 
average burden of submitting a notice--based on the estimates discussed 
under Paperwork Reduction Act, below--is less than 5\1/2\ hours and 
$745 (virtually the same as under the old regulation).

Paperwork Reduction Act

    PBGC is submitting the information collection requirements under 
this rule to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the 
Paperwork Reduction Act. There are two information collections under 
part 4043, approved under OMB control number 1212-0013 (covering 
subparts B and C), which expires May 31, 2018, and OMB control number 
1212-0041 (covering subpart D), which expires June 30, 2018.
    PBGC is making the following changes to these information 
requirements that were approved by OMB:
     PBGC's experience is that in order to assess the 
significance of virtually every post-event filing for a missed 
contribution, inability to pay benefits, loan default, liquidation, or 
insolvency, it must obtain from the filer certain actuarial, financial 
and controlled group information. Filers were previously required to 
submit some of this information for some events, but PBGC has made its 
information collection for all these events more uniform. Accordingly, 
in connection with the final rule, PBGC now requires that every post-
event filing for one of these events include the following financial 
and controlled group information (actuarial information was already 
required):
    1. The financial information required will be copies of audited 
financial statements for the most recent fiscal year. (If audited 
statements were not immediately available, copies of unaudited 
financial statements (if available) or tax returns would be required, 
to be followed up with required financial statements when available.)
    2. The controlled group information required will be tailored to 
the event being reported and will generally include identifying 
information for each plan maintained by any member of the controlled 
group and a description of the controlled group with members' names.
     Similarly, PBGC has found that it needs the same financial 
and controlled group information for advance-notice filings (in 
addition to actuarial information already required). For notices of 
applications for funding waiver requests, the information can typically 
be gleaned from the copy of the application that accompanies the 
reportable event notice. With this exception, PBGC is requiring that 
every advance notice filing include these items (unless the information 
is publicly available).
     Controlled group changes and benefit liability transfers 
involve both an ``old'' controlled group and a ``new'' controlled 
group. PBGC had already required submission of controlled group 
information with notices of controlled group changes under the old 
regulation and is now also requiring the same for benefit liability 
transfers.
     Because extraordinary distributions raise questions about 
controlled group finances, PBGC now requires submission of financial 
information with notices of events of this type.
     PBGC now requires that notices of substantial owner 
distributions give the reason for the distribution to help PBGC analyze 
its significance.
     Inability to pay benefits raises the specter of imminent 
sponsor shutdown and plan termination. Accordingly, for notice of this 
event, PBGC now requires submission of copies of the most recent plan 
documents and IRS qualification letter.
     PBGC is adding to the Form 200 information submission 
requirements a requirement to provide information about all controlled 
group real property, and identity of controlled group principal 
executive offices.
     Simplified reporting for Form 200 filings is now available 
where the filer has not missed any required contribution (other than 
the missed contribution that triggered the Form 200 filing requirement 
during the two-year period ending on the notice due date for the Form 
200) and has made up the missed contribution by the notice due date; 
under the simplified reporting provision, none of the attachments that 
are otherwise required to be included in the filing (e.g., controlled 
group listing and company financial statements) need to be provided.
     In missed contribution cases, there is sometimes a credit 
balance that is available for application to a contribution that is 
due. PBGC needs to be able to determine whether all or a portion of the 
credit balance has been properly applied toward payment of the 
contribution. Accordingly, PBGC is requiring Form 200 filers to 
indicate how much (if any) of the carryover balance or prefunding 
balance was used for partial payment of the missed contribution and 
submit copies of election letters relating to the application of the 
carryover balance and prefunding balance to the contribution.
     PBGC is requiring a description of each controlled group 
member's operational status (in Chapter 7 proceedings, liquidating 
outside of bankruptcy, on-going, etc.) in Form 200 filings.
    PBGC needs the information in reportable events filings under 
subparts B and C of part 4043 (Forms 10 and 10-Advance) to determine 
whether it should terminate plans that experience events that indicate 
plan or sponsor financial problems. PBGC estimates that it will receive 
such filings from about 816 respondents each year and that the total 
annual burden of the collection of information will be about 4,496 
hours and $607,570. This represents a decreased burden compared to that 
under the old regulation, as the following table shows:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       Under old           Under new
         Annual burden:               regulation:         regulation:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of responses.............  867...............  816.
Hour burden.....................  4,487 hours.......  4,496 hours.
Dollar burden...................  $660,853..........  $607,570.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    As discussed above, the final rule is designed to reduce burden 
dramatically on well-funded plans and low-default-risk sponsors; thus, 
burden under the final rule is substantially associated with higher-
risk events, which are much more likely to deserve PBGC's attention. 
PBGC separately estimated the average burden changes for low-default-
risk and non-low-default-risk entities. The burden for low-default-risk 
sponsors is down from 443 hours and $118,025 to zero. The burden for 
non-low-default-risk sponsors is up by 402 hours and $64,742.

[[Page 55002]]



----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Low-default-risk                              Volume           Hours           Cost
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current.........................................................             128             443        $118,025
Final...........................................................               0               0               0
Change..........................................................           (128)           (443)       (118,025)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


 
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Non low-default-risk                                                  Volume           Hours           Cost
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current.........................................................             739           4,094        $542,828
Final...........................................................             816           4,496         607,570
Change..........................................................              77             402          64,742
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    PBGC needs the information in missed contribution filings under 
subpart D of part 4043 (Form 200) to determine the amounts of statutory 
liens arising under ERISA section 303(k) and Code section 430(k) and to 
evaluate the funding status of plans with respect to which such liens 
arise and the financial condition of the persons responsible for their 
funding. PBGC estimates that it will receive such filings from about 
165 respondents each year and that the total annual burden of the 
collection of information will be about 990 hours and $146,406.

List of Subjects

29 CFR Part 4000

    Employee benefit plans, Pension insurance, Reporting and 
recordkeeping requirements.

29 CFR Part 4001

    Employee benefit plans, Pension insurance.

29 CFR Part 4043

    Employee benefit plans, Pension insurance, Reporting and 
recordkeeping requirements.

29 CFR Part 4204

    Employee benefit plans, Pension insurance, Reporting and 
recordkeeping requirements.

29 CFR Part 4206

    Employee benefit plans, Pension insurance.

29 CFR Part 4231

    Employee benefit plans, Pension insurance, Reporting and 
recordkeeping requirements.

    For the reasons given above, PBGC is amending 29 CFR parts 4000, 
4001, 4043, 4204, 4206, and 4231 as follows.

PART 4000--FILING, ISSUANCE, COMPUTATION OF TIME, AND RECORD 
RETENTION

0
The authority citation for part 4000 is revised to read as follows:

    Authority: 29 U.S.C. 1083(k), 1302(b)(3).


0
2. In Sec.  4000.3, paragraph (b)(3) is added to read as follows:


Sec.  4000.3  What methods of filing may I use?

* * * * *
    (b) * * *
    (3) You must file notices under part 4043 of this chapter 
electronically in accordance with the instructions on PBGC's Web site, 
http://www.pbgc.gov, except as otherwise provided by PBGC.
* * * * *


Sec.  4000.53  [Amended]

0
3. In Sec.  4000.53, paragraphs (c) and (d) are amended by removing the 
words ``section 302(f)(4), section 307(e), or'' where they occur in 
each paragraph and adding in their place the words ``section 101(f), 
section 303(k)(4), or''.

PART 4001--TERMINOLOGY

0
4. The authority citation for part 4001 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 29 U.S.C. 1301, 1302(b)(3).


Sec.  4001.2  [Amended]

0
5. In Sec.  4001.2:
0
a. The definition of ``controlled group'' is amended by removing the 
words ``section 412(c)(11)(B) of the Code or section 302(c)(11)(B) of 
ERISA'' and adding in their place the words ``section 412(b)(2) of the 
Code or section 302(b)(2) of ERISA''.
0
b. The definition of ``funding standard account'' is amended by 
removing the words ``section 302(b) of ERISA or section 412(b) of the 
Code'' and adding in their place the words ``section 304(b) of ERISA or 
section 431(b) of the Code''.
0
c. The definition of ``substantial owner'' is amended by removing the 
words ``section 4022(b)(5)(A)'' and adding in their place the words 
``section 4021(d)''.

0
6. Part 4043 is revised to read as follows:

PART 4043--REPORTABLE EVENTS AND CERTAIN OTHER NOTIFICATION 
REQUIREMENTS

Subpart A--General Provisions
Sec.
4043.1 Purpose and scope.
4043.2 Definitions.
4043.3 Requirement of notice.
4043.4 Waivers and extensions.
4043.5 How and where to file.
4043.6 Date of filing.
4043.7 Computation of time.
4043.8 Confidentiality.
4043.9 Company low-default-risk safe harbor.
4043.10 Well-funded plan safe harbor.
Subpart B--Post-Event Notice of Reportable Events
4043.20 Post-event filing obligation.
4043.21 Tax disqualification and Title I noncompliance.
4043.22 Amendment decreasing benefits payable.
4043.23 Active participant reduction.
4043.24 Termination or partial termination.
4043.25 Failure to make required minimum funding payment.
4043.26 Inability to pay benefits when due.
4043.27 Distribution to a substantial owner.
4043.28 Plan merger, consolidation, or transfer.
4043.29 Change in contributing sponsor or controlled group.
4043.30 Liquidation.
4043.31 Extraordinary dividend or stock redemption.
4043.32 Transfer of benefit liabilities.
4043.33 Application for minimum funding waiver.
4043.34 Loan default.
4043.35 Insolvency or similar settlement.
Subpart C--Advance Notice of Reportable Events
4043.61 Advance reporting filing obligation.
4043.62 Change in contributing sponsor or controlled group.
4043.63 Liquidation.
4043.64 Extraordinary dividend or stock redemption.
4043.65 Transfer of benefit liabilities.
4043.66 Application for minimum funding waiver.
4043.67 Loan default.
4043.68 Insolvency or similar settlement.
Subpart D--Notice of Failure to Make Required Contributions
4043.81 PBGC Form 200, notice of failure to make required 
contributions; supplementary information.

    Authority: 29 U.S.C. 1083(k), 1302(b)(3), 1343.

[[Page 55003]]

Subpart A--General Provisions


Sec.  4043.1  Purpose and scope.

    This part prescribes the requirements for notifying PBGC of a 
reportable event under section 4043 of ERISA or of a failure to make 
certain required contributions under section 303(k)(4) of ERISA or 
section 430(k)(4) of the Code. Subpart A contains definitions and 
general rules. Subpart B contains rules for post-event notice of a 
reportable event. Subpart C contains rules for advance notice of a 
reportable event. Subpart D contains rules for notifying PBGC of a 
failure to make certain required contributions.


Sec.  4043.2  Definitions.

    The following terms are defined in Sec.  4001.2 of this chapter: 
benefit liabilities, Code, contributing sponsor, controlled group, 
ERISA, fair market value, irrevocable commitment, multiemployer plan, 
PBGC, person, plan, plan administrator, plan year, single-employer 
plan, and substantial owner.
    In addition, for purposes of this part:
    De minimis 10-percent segment means, in connection with a plan's 
controlled group, one or more entities that in the aggregate have for a 
fiscal year--
    (1) Revenue not exceeding 10 percent of the controlled group's 
revenue;
    (2) Annual operating income not exceeding the greater of--
    (i) 10 percent of the controlled group's annual operating income; 
or
    (ii) $5 million; and
    (3) Net tangible assets at the end of the fiscal year(s) not 
exceeding the greater of--
    (i) 10 percent of the controlled group's net tangible assets at the 
end of the fiscal year(s); or
    (ii) $5 million.
    De minimis 5-percent segment has the same meaning as de minimis 10-
percent segment, except that ``5 percent'' is substituted for ``10 
percent'' each time it appears.
    Event year means the plan year in which a reportable event occurs.
    Foreign entity means a member of a controlled group that--
    (1) Is not a contributing sponsor of a plan;
    (2) Is not organized under the laws of (or, if an individual, is 
not a domiciliary of) any state (as defined in section 3(10) of ERISA); 
and
    (3) For the fiscal year that includes the date the reportable event 
occurs, meets one of the following tests--
    (i) Is not required to file any United States federal income tax 
form;
    (ii) Has no income reportable on any United States federal income 
tax form other than passive income not exceeding $1,000; or
    (iii) Does not own substantial assets in the United States 
(disregarding stock of a member of the plan's controlled group) and is 
not required to file any quarterly United States tax returns for 
employee withholding.
    Foreign parent means a foreign entity that is a direct or indirect 
parent of a person that is a contributing sponsor of a plan.
    Low-default-risk has the meaning described in Sec.  4043.9.
    Notice due date means the deadline (including extensions) for 
filing notice of a reportable event with PBGC.
    Participant means a participant as defined in Sec.  4006.2 of this 
chapter.
    Public company means a person subject to the reporting requirements 
of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or a 
subsidiary (as defined for purposes of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934) of a person subject to such reporting requirements.
    U.S. entity means an entity subject to the personal jurisdiction of 
the U.S. district court.
    Well-funded plan safe harbor has the meaning described in Sec.  
4043.10.


Sec.  4043.3  Requirement of notice.

    (a) Obligation to file--(1) In general. Each person that is 
required to file a notice under this part, or a duly authorized 
representative, must submit the information required under this part by 
the time specified in Sec.  4043.20 (for post-event notices), Sec.  
4043.61 (for advance notices), or Sec.  4043.81 (for Form 200 filings). 
Any information filed with PBGC in connection with another matter may 
be incorporated by reference. If an event is subject to both post-event 
and advance notice requirements, the notice filed first satisfies both 
filing requirements.
    (2) Multiple plans. If a reportable event occurs for more than one 
plan, the filing obligation with respect to each plan is independent of 
the filing obligation with respect to any other plan.
    (3) Optional consolidated filing. A filing of a notice with respect 
to a reportable event by any person required to file will be deemed to 
be a filing by all persons required to give PBGC notice of the event 
under this part. If notices are required for two or more events, the 
notices may be combined in one filing.
    (b) Contents of reportable event notice. A person required to file 
a reportable event notice under subpart B or C of this part must file, 
by the notice date, the form specified by PBGC for that purpose, with 
the information specified in PBGC's reportable events instructions.
    (c) Reportable event forms and instructions. PBGC will issue 
reportable events forms and instructions and make them available on its 
Web site (http://www.pbgc.gov).
    (d) Requests for additional information. PBGC may, in any case, 
require the submission of additional relevant information not specified 
in its forms and instructions. Any such information must be submitted 
for subpart B of this part within 30 days, and for subpart C or D of 
this part within 7 days, after the date of a written request by PBGC, 
or within a different time period specified therein. PBGC may in its 
discretion shorten the time period where it determines that the 
interests of PBGC or participants may be prejudiced by a delay in 
receipt of the information.
    (e) Effect of failure to file. If a notice (or any other 
information required under this part) is not provided within the 
specified time limit, PBGC may pursue any equitable or legal remedies 
available to it under the law, including assessing against each person 
required to provide the notice a separate penalty under section 4071 of 
ERISA.


Sec.  4043.4  Waivers and extensions.

    (a) Waivers and extensions--in general. PBGC may extend any 
deadline or waive any other requirement under this part where it finds 
convincing evidence that the waiver or extension is appropriate under 
the circumstances. Any waiver or extension may be subject to 
conditions. A request for a waiver or extension must be filed with PBGC 
in writing (which may be in electronic form) and must state the facts 
and circumstances on which the request is based.
    (b) Waivers and extensions--specific events. For some reportable 
events, automatic waivers from reporting and extensions of time are 
provided in subparts B and C of this part. If an occurrence constitutes 
two or more reportable events, reporting requirements for each event 
are determined independently. For example, reporting is automatically 
waived for an occurrence that constitutes a reportable event under more 
than one section only if the requirements for an automatic waiver under 
each section are satisfied.
    (c) Multiemployer plans. The requirements of section 4043 of ERISA 
are waived with respect to multiemployer plans.
    (d) Terminating plans. No notice is required from the plan 
administrator or contributing sponsor of a plan if the

[[Page 55004]]

notice date is on or after the date on which--
    (1) All of the plan's assets (other than any excess assets) are 
distributed pursuant to a termination under part 4041 of this chapter; 
or
    (2) A trustee is appointed for the plan under section 4042 of 
ERISA.
    (e) Events not described in this part. Notice of a reportable event 
described in section 4043(c) of ERISA is waived except to the extent 
that reporting is required under this part.


Sec.  4043.5  How and where to file.

    Reportable event notices required under this part must be filed 
electronically in accordance with the instructions posted on PBGC's Web 
site, http://www.pbgc.gov. Filing guidance is provided by the 
instructions and by subpart A of part 4000 of this chapter.


Sec.  4043.6  Date of filing.

    (a) Post-event notice filings. PBGC applies the rules in subpart C 
of part 4000 of this chapter to determine the date that a submission 
under subpart B of this part was filed with PBGC.
    (b) Advance notice and Form 200 filings. Information filed under 
subpart C or D of this part is treated as filed on the date it is 
received by PBGC. Subpart C of part 4000 of this chapter provides rules 
for determining when PBGC receives a submission.


Sec.  4043.7  Computation of time.

    PBGC applies the rules in subpart D of part 4000 of this chapter to 
compute any time period under this part.


Sec.  4043.8  Confidentiality.

    In accordance with section 4043(f) of ERISA and Sec.  4901.21(a)(3) 
of this chapter, any information or documentary material that is not 
publicly available and is submitted to PBGC pursuant to subpart B or C 
of this part will not be made public, except as may be relevant to any 
administrative or judicial action or proceeding or for disclosures to 
either body of Congress or to any duly authorized committee or 
subcommittee of the Congress. This provision does not apply to 
information or material submitted to PBGC pursuant to subpart D of this 
part, even where the submission serves as an alternative method of 
compliance with Sec.  4043.25.


Sec.  4043.9  Company low-default-risk safe harbor.

    (a) Low-default-risk. An entity (a ``company'') that is a 
contributing sponsor of a plan or the highest level U.S. parent of a 
contributing sponsor is ``low-default-risk'' on the date of an event if 
that date falls within a safe harbor period of the company as described 
in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (b) Safe harbor period. A safe harbor period for a company means a 
period that--
    (1) Begins on a financial information date (as described in 
paragraph (c) of this section) on which the company satisfies the low-
default-risk standard in paragraph (e) of this section, and
    (2) Ends 13 months later or (if earlier) on the company's next 
financial information date.
    (c) Financial information date. A financial information date for a 
company means--
    (1) A date on which the company files on Form 10-K with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission (``SEC'') audited annual financial 
statements (including balance sheets, income statements, cash flow 
statements, and notes to the financial statements) for the company's 
most recent completed fiscal year preceding the date of such filing;
    (2) The date (the ``closing date'') on which the company closes the 
annual accounting period that results in the production of audited or 
unaudited annual financial statements for the company's most recent 
completed fiscal year preceding the closing date, if audited annual 
financial statements are not required to be filed with the SEC; or
    (3) A date on which the company files with IRS an annual federal 
income tax return or IRS Form 990 (in either case, a ``return'') for 
the company's most recent completed fiscal year preceding the date of 
such filing, if at the time the return is filed there are no annual 
financial statements for the year of the return.
    (d) Supporting financial information. For purposes of this section, 
the ``supporting financial information'' is the annual financial 
statements or return associated with the establishment of the financial 
information date.
    (e) Low-default-risk standard--(1) Adequate capacity. For purposes 
of this part, except as provided in paragraph (e)(4) of this section, a 
company meets the low-default-risk standard as of a financial 
information date (the ``qualifying date'') if the company has adequate 
capacity to meet its obligations in full and on time on the qualifying 
date as evidenced by satisfying either:
    (i) Both of the criteria described in paragraphs (e)(2)(i) and (ii) 
of this section, or
    (ii) Any four of the seven criteria described in paragraphs 
(e)(2)(i) through (vii) of this section.
    (2) Criteria evidencing adequate capacity. The criteria referred to 
in paragraph (e)(1) of this section are:
    (i) The probability that the company will default on its financial 
obligations is not more than four percent over the next five years or 
not more than 0.4 percent over the next year, in either case determined 
on the basis of widely available financial information on the company's 
credit quality.
    (ii) The company's secured debt (disregarding leases and debt 
incurred to acquire or improve property and secured only by that 
property) does not exceed 10 percent of the company's total assets.
    (iii) The company has a ratio of retained-earnings-to-total-assets 
of 0.25 or more.
    (iv) The company has a ratio of total-debt-to-EBITDA (earnings 
before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization) of 3.0 or less.
    (v) The company has positive net income for the two most recently 
completed fiscal years preceding the qualifying date.
    (vi) During the two-year period ending on the qualifying date, the 
company has not experienced an event described in Sec.  4043.34(a)(1) 
or (2) (dealing with a default on a loan with an outstanding balance of 
$10 million or more) with respect to any loan with an outstanding 
balance of $10 million or more to the company regardless of whether 
reporting was waived under Sec.  4043.34(b).
    (vii) During the two-year period ending on the qualifying date, 
there has not been any failure to make when due any contribution 
described in Sec.  4043.25(a)(1) or (2) (dealing with failure to make 
required minimum funding payments), unless reporting was waived under 
Sec.  4043.25(c).
    (3) Using financial information to evaluate criteria--(i) Subject 
to paragraph (e)(3)(ii) of this section with respect to evaluating the 
criterion described in paragraph (e)(2)(v) of this section, to evaluate 
whether criteria described in paragraphs (e)(2)(ii) through (v) of this 
section are met, a company must use the supporting financial 
information described in paragraph (d) of this section associated with 
the qualifying date.
    (ii) In addition to the use of the supporting financial information 
to evaluate criteria as described in paragraph (e)(3)(i) of this 
section, to evaluate whether the criterion described in paragraph 
(e)(2)(v) of this section is met, the company must also use the 
supporting financial information as described in paragraph (d) of this 
section associated with the financial information date for the fiscal 
year preceding the fiscal year covered by the

[[Page 55005]]

supporting financial information associated with the qualifying date.
    (iii) For purposes of paragraph (e)(2)(v) of this section, the 
excess of total revenue over total expenses as reported on the IRS Form 
990 is considered to be net income.
    (4) Exception. If a company receives an audit or review report for 
supporting financial information described in paragraph (d) of this 
section associated with the qualifying date that expresses a material 
adverse view or qualification, the company does not satisfy the low-
default-risk standard.


Sec.  4043.10  Well-funded plan safe harbor.

    For purposes of this part, a plan is in the well-funded plan safe 
harbor for an event year if no variable-rate premium was required to be 
paid for the plan under parts 4006 and 4007 of this chapter for the 
plan year preceding the event year.

Subpart B--Post-Event Notice of Reportable Events


Sec.  4043.20  Post-event filing obligation.

    The plan administrator and each contributing sponsor of a plan for 
which a reportable event under this subpart has occurred are required 
to notify PBGC within 30 days after that person knows or has reason to 
know that the reportable event has occurred, unless a waiver or 
extension applies. If there is a change in plan administrator or 
contributing sponsor, the responsibility for any failure to file or 
defective filing lies with the person who is the plan administrator or 
contributing sponsor of the plan on the 30th day after the reportable 
event occurs.


Sec.  4043.21  Tax disqualification and Title I noncompliance.

    (a) Reportable event. A reportable event occurs when the Secretary 
of the Treasury issues notice that a plan has ceased to be a plan 
described in section 4021(a)(2) of ERISA, or when the Secretary of 
Labor determines that a plan is not in compliance with title I of 
ERISA.
    (b) Waiver. Notice is waived for this event.


Sec.  4043.22  Amendment decreasing benefits payable.

    (a) Reportable event. A reportable event occurs when an amendment 
to a plan is adopted under which the retirement benefit payable from 
employer contributions with respect to any participant may be 
decreased.
    (b) Waiver. Notice is waived for this event.


Sec.  4043.23  Active participant reduction.

    (a) Reportable event. A reportable event occurs for a plan:
    (1) Single-cause event. On the date in a plan year when, as a 
result of a single cause--such as a reorganization, the discontinuance 
of an operation, a natural disaster, a mass layoff, or an early 
retirement incentive program--the number of active participants is 
reduced to less than 80 percent of the number of active participants at 
the beginning of such plan year or less than 75 percent of the number 
of active participants at the beginning of the plan year preceding such 
plan year.
    (2) Attrition event. At the end of a plan year if the number of 
active participants covered by the plan at the end of such plan year is 
less than 80 percent of the number of active participants at the 
beginning of such plan year, or less than 75 percent of the number of 
active participants at the beginning of the plan year preceding such 
plan year.
    (b) Determination rules--(1) Determination dates. The number of 
active participants at the beginning of a plan year may be determined 
by using the number of active participants at the end of the previous 
plan year, and the number of active participants at the end of a plan 
year may be determined by using the number of active participants at 
the beginning of the next plan year.
    (2) Active participant. ``Active participant'' means a participant 
who--
    (i) Is receiving compensation for work performed;
    (ii) Is on paid or unpaid leave granted for a reason other than a 
layoff;
    (iii) Is laid off from work for a period of time that has lasted 
less than 30 days; or
    (iv) Is absent from work due to a recurring reduction in employment 
that occurs at least annually.
    (3) Employment relationship. The employment relationship referred 
to in this paragraph (b) is between the participant and all members of 
the plan's controlled group.
    (c) Reductions due to cessations and withdrawals. For purposes of 
paragraph (a)(1) of this section, a reduction in the number of active 
participants is to be disregarded to the extent that it--
    (1) Is attributable to an event described in ERISA section 4062(e) 
or 4063(a), and
    (2) Is timely reported to PBGC under ERISA section 4063(a).
    (d) Waivers--(1) Small plan. Notice under this section is waived if 
the plan had 100 or fewer participants for whom flat-rate premiums were 
payable for the plan year preceding the event year.
    (2) Low-default-risk. Notice under this section is waived if each 
contributing sponsor of the plan and the highest level U.S. parent of 
each contributing sponsor are low-default-risk on the date of the 
event.
    (3) Well-funded plan. Notice under this section is waived if the 
plan is in the well-funded plan safe harbor for the event year.
    (4) Public company. Notice under this section is waived if any 
contributing sponsor of the plan before the transaction is a public 
company and the contributing sponsor timely files a SEC Form 8-K 
disclosing the event under an item of the Form 8-K other than under 
Item 2.02 (Results of Operations and Financial Condition) or in 
financial statements under Item 9.01 (Financial Statements and 
Exhibits).
    (e) Extension--attrition event. For an event described in paragraph 
(a)(2) of this section, the notice date is extended until the premium 
due date for the plan year following the event year.


Sec.  4043.24  Termination or partial termination.

    (a) Reportable event. A reportable event occurs when the Secretary 
of the Treasury determines that there has been a termination or partial 
termination of a plan within the meaning of section 411(d)(3) of the 
Code.
    (b) Waiver. Notice is waived for this event.


Sec.  4043.25  Failure to make required minimum funding payment.

    (a) Reportable event. A reportable event occurs when--
    (1) A contribution required under sections 302 and 303 of ERISA or 
sections 412 and 430 of the Code is not made by the due date for the 
payment under ERISA section 303(j) or Code section 430(j), or
    (2) Any other contribution required as a condition of a funding 
waiver is not made when due.
    (b) Alternative method of compliance--Form 200 filed. If, with 
respect to the same failure, a filing is made in accordance with Sec.  
4043.81, that filing (while not considered to be submitted to PBGC 
pursuant to section 4043 of ERISA for purposes of section 4043(f) of 
ERISA) satisfies the requirements of this section.
    (c) Waivers--(1) Small plan. Notice under this section is waived 
with respect to a failure to make a required quarterly contribution 
under section 303(j)(3) of ERISA or section 430(j)(3) of the Code if 
the plan had 100 or fewer participants for whom flat-rate premiums were 
payable for the plan year preceding the event year.

[[Page 55006]]

    (2) 30-day grace period. Notice under this section is waived if the 
missed contribution is made by the 30th day after its due date.
    (3) Late funding balance election. Notice under this section is 
waived if the failure to make a timely required contribution is solely 
because of the plan sponsor's failure to timely make a funding balance 
election.


Sec.  4043.26  Inability to pay benefits when due.

    (a) Reportable event. A reportable event occurs when a plan is 
currently unable or projected to be unable to pay benefits.
    (1) Current inability. A plan is currently unable to pay benefits 
if it fails to provide any participant or beneficiary the full benefits 
to which the person is entitled under the terms of the plan, at the 
time the benefit is due and in the form in which it is due. A plan is 
not treated as being currently unable to pay benefits if its failure to 
pay is caused solely by--
    (i) A limitation under section 436 of the Code and section 206(g) 
of ERISA (dealing with funding-based limits on benefits and benefit 
accruals under single-employer plans),
    (ii) The inability to locate a person, or
    (iii) Any other administrative delay, including the need to verify 
a person's eligibility for benefits, to the extent that the delay is 
for less than the shorter of two months or two full benefit payment 
periods.
    (2) Projected inability. A plan is projected to be unable to pay 
benefits when, as of the last day of any quarter of a plan year, the 
plan's ``liquid assets'' are less than two times the amount of the 
``disbursements from the plan'' for such quarter. ``Liquid assets'' and 
``disbursements from the plan'' have the same meaning as under section 
303(j)(4)(E) of ERISA and section 430(j)(4)(E) of the Code.
    (b) Waiver--plans subject to liquidity shortfall rules. Notice 
under this section is waived unless the reportable event occurs during 
a plan year for which the plan is exempt from the liquidity shortfall 
rules in section 303(j)(4) of ERISA and section 430(j)(4) of the Code 
because it is described in section 303(g)(2)(B) of ERISA and section 
430(g)(2)(B) of the Code.


Sec.  4043.27  Distribution to a substantial owner.

    (a) Reportable event. A reportable event occurs for a plan when--
    (1) There is a distribution to a substantial owner of a 
contributing sponsor of the plan;
    (2) The total of all distributions made to the substantial owner 
within the one-year period ending with the date of such distribution 
exceeds $10,000;
    (3) The distribution is not made by reason of the substantial 
owner's death;
    (4) Immediately after the distribution, the plan has nonforfeitable 
benefits (as provided in Sec.  4022.5 of this chapter) that are not 
funded; and
    (5) Either--
    (i) The sum of the values of all distributions to any one 
substantial owner within the one-year period ending with the date of 
the distribution is more than one percent of the end-of-year total 
amount of the plan's assets (as required to be reported on Schedule H 
or Schedule I to Form 5500) for each of the two plan years immediately 
preceding the event year, or
    (ii) The sum of the values of all distributions to all substantial 
owners within the one-year period ending with the date of the 
distribution is more than five percent of the end-of-year total amount 
of the plan's assets (as required to be reported on Schedule H or 
Schedule I to Form 5500) for each of the two plan years immediately 
preceding the event year.
    (b) Determination rules--(1) Valuation of distribution. The value 
of a distribution under this section is the sum of--
    (i) The cash amounts actually received by the substantial owner;
    (ii) The purchase price of any irrevocable commitment; and
    (iii) The fair market value of any other assets distributed, 
determined as of the date of distribution to the substantial owner.
    (2) Date of substantial owner distribution. The date of 
distribution to a substantial owner of a cash distribution is the date 
it is received by the substantial owner. The date of distribution to a 
substantial owner of an irrevocable commitment is the date on which the 
obligation to provide benefits passes from the plan to the insurer. The 
date of any other distribution to a substantial owner is the date when 
the plan relinquishes control over the assets transferred directly or 
indirectly to the substantial owner.
    (3) Determination date. The determination of whether a participant 
is (or has been in the preceding 60 months) a substantial owner is made 
on the date when there has been a distribution that would be reportable 
under this section if made to a substantial owner.
    (c) Alternative method of compliance--annuity. In the case of an 
annuity for a substantial owner, a filing that satisfies the 
requirements of this section with respect to any payment under the 
annuity and that discloses the period, the amount of the payment, and 
the duration of the annuity satisfies the requirements of this section 
with respect to all subsequent payments under the annuity.
    (d) Waivers--(1) Low-default-risk. Notice under this section is 
waived if each contributing sponsor of the plan and the highest level 
U.S. parent of each contributing sponsor are low-default-risk on the 
date of the event.
    (2) Well-funded plan. Notice under this section is waived if the 
plan is in the well-funded plan safe harbor for the event year.
    (3) Public company. Notice under this section is waived if any 
contributing sponsor of the plan before the transaction is a public 
company and the contributing sponsor timely files a SEC Form 8-K 
disclosing the event under an item of the Form 8-K other than under 
Item 2.02 (Results of Operations and Financial Condition) or in 
financial statements under Item 9.01 (Financial Statements and 
Exhibits).


Sec.  4043.28  Plan merger, consolidation or transfer.

    (a) Reportable event. A reportable event occurs when a plan merges, 
consolidates, or transfers its assets or liabilities under section 208 
of ERISA or section 414(l) of the Code.
    (b) Waiver. Notice under this section is waived for this event. 
However, notice may be required under Sec.  4043.29 (for a controlled 
group change) or Sec.  4043.32 (for a transfer of benefit liabilities).


Sec.  4043.29  Change in contributing sponsor or controlled group.

    (a) Reportable event. A reportable event occurs for a plan when 
there is a transaction that results, or will result, in one or more 
persons' ceasing to be members of the plan's controlled group (other 
than by merger involving members of the same controlled group). For 
purposes of this section, the term ``transaction'' includes, but is not 
limited to, a legally binding agreement, whether or not written, to 
transfer ownership, an actual transfer of ownership, and an actual 
change in ownership that occurs as a matter of law or through the 
exercise or lapse of pre-existing rights. Whether an agreement is 
legally binding is to be determined without regard to any conditions in 
the agreement. A transaction is not reportable if it will result solely 
in a reorganization involving a mere change in identity, form, or place 
of organization, however effected.
    (b) Waivers. (1) De minimis 10-percent segment. Notice under this 
section is waived if the person or

[[Page 55007]]

persons that will cease to be members of the plan's controlled group 
represent a de minimis 10-percent segment of the plan's old controlled 
group for the most recent fiscal year(s) ending on or before the date 
the reportable event occurs.
    (2) Foreign entity. Notice under this section is waived if each 
person that will cease to be a member of the plan's controlled group is 
a foreign entity other than a foreign parent.
    (3) Small plan. Notice under this section is waived if the plan had 
100 or fewer participants for whom flat-rate premiums were payable for 
the plan year preceding the event year.
    (4) Low-default-risk. Notice under this section is waived if each 
post-event contributing sponsor of the plan and the highest level U.S. 
parent of each post-event contributing sponsor are low-default-risk on 
the date of the event.
    (5) Well-funded plan. Notice under this section is waived if the 
plan is in the well-funded plan safe harbor for the event year.
    (6) Public company. Notice under this section is waived if any 
contributing sponsor of the plan before the transaction is a public 
company and the contributing sponsor timely files a SEC Form 8-K 
disclosing the event under an item of the Form 8-K other than under 
Item 2.02 (Results of Operations and Financial Condition) or in 
financial statements under Item 9.01 (Financial Statements and 
Exhibits).
    (c) Examples. The following examples assume that no waiver applies.
    (1) Controlled group breakup. Plan A's controlled group consists of 
Company A (its contributing sponsor), Company B (which maintains Plan 
B), and Company C. As a result of a transaction, the controlled group 
will break into two separate controlled groups -- one segment 
consisting of Company A and the other segment consisting of Companies B 
and C. Both Company A (Plan A's contributing sponsor) and the plan 
administrator of Plan A are required to report that Companies B and C 
will leave Plan A's controlled group. Company B (Plan B's contributing 
sponsor) and the plan administrator of Plan B are required to report 
that Company A will leave Plan B's controlled group. Company C is not 
required to report because it is not a contributing sponsor or a plan 
administrator.
    (2) Change in contributing sponsor. Plan Q is maintained by Company 
Q. Company Q enters into a binding contract to sell a portion of its 
assets and to transfer employees participating in Plan Q, along with 
Plan Q, to Company R, which is not a member of Company Q's controlled 
group. There will be no change in the structure of Company Q's 
controlled group. On the effective date of the sale, Company R will 
become the contributing sponsor of Plan Q. A reportable event occurs on 
the date of the transaction (i.e., the date the binding contract was 
executed), because as a result of the transaction, Company Q (and any 
other member of its controlled group) will cease to be a member of Plan 
Q's controlled group. The event is not reported before the notice date. 
If on the notice date the change in the contributing sponsor has not 
yet become effective, Company Q has the reporting obligation. If the 
change in the contributing sponsor has become effective by the notice 
date, Company R has the reporting obligation.


Sec.  4043.30  Liquidation.

    (a) Reportable event. A reportable event occurs for a plan when a 
member of the plan's controlled group--
    (1) Is involved in any transaction to implement its complete 
liquidation (including liquidation into another controlled group 
member);
    (2) Institutes or has instituted against it a proceeding to be 
dissolved or is dissolved, whichever occurs first; or
    (3) Liquidates in a case under the Bankruptcy Code, or under any 
similar law.
    (b) Waivers--(1) De minimis 10-percent segment. Notice under this 
section is waived if the person or persons that liquidate do not 
include any contributing sponsor of the plan and represent a de minimis 
10-percent segment of the plan's controlled group for the most recent 
fiscal year(s) ending on or before the date the reportable event 
occurs.
    (2) Foreign entity. Notice under this section is waived if each 
person that liquidates is a foreign entity other than a foreign parent.


Sec.  4043.31  Extraordinary dividend or stock redemption.

    (a) Reportable event. A reportable event occurs for a plan when any 
member of the plan's controlled group declares a dividend or redeems 
its own stock and the amount or net value of the distribution, when 
combined with other such distributions during the same fiscal year of 
the person, exceeds the person's net income before after-tax gain or 
loss on any sale of assets, as determined in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles, for the prior fiscal year. A 
distribution by a person to a member of its controlled group is 
disregarded.
    (b) Determination rules. For purposes of paragraph (a) of this 
section, the net value of a non-cash distribution is the fair market 
value of assets transferred by the person making the distribution, 
reduced by the fair market value of any liabilities assumed or 
consideration given by the recipient in connection with the 
distribution. Net value determinations should be based on readily 
available fair market value(s) or independent appraisal(s) performed 
within one year before the distribution is made. To the extent that 
fair market values are not readily available and no such appraisals 
exist, the fair market value of an asset transferred in connection with 
a distribution or a liability assumed by a recipient of a distribution 
is deemed to be equal to 200 percent of the book value of the asset or 
liability on the books of the person making the distribution. Stock 
redeemed is deemed to have no value.
    (c) Waivers--(1) De minimis 10-percent segment. Notice under this 
section is waived if the person making the distribution is a de minimis 
10-percent segment of the plan's controlled group for the most recent 
fiscal year(s) ending on or before the date the reportable event 
occurs.
    (2) Foreign entity. Notice under this section is waived if the 
person making the distribution is a foreign entity other than a foreign 
parent.
    (3) Small plan. Notice under this section is waived if the plan had 
100 or fewer participants for whom flat-rate premiums were payable for 
the plan year preceding the event year.
    (4) Low-default-risk. Notice under this section is waived if each 
contributing sponsor of the plan and the highest level U.S. parent of 
each contributing sponsor are low-default-risk on the date of the 
event.
    (5) Well-funded plan. Notice under this section is waived if the 
plan is in the well-funded plan safe harbor for the event year.
    (6) Public company. Notice under this section is waived if any 
contributing sponsor of the plan before the transaction is a public 
company and the contributing sponsor timely files a SEC Form 8-K 
disclosing the event under an item of the Form 8-K other than under 
Item 2.02 (Results of Operations and Financial Condition) or in 
financial statements under Item 9.01 (Financial Statements and 
Exhibits).


Sec.  4043.32  Transfer of benefit liabilities.

    (a) Reportable event. A reportable event occurs for a plan when--
    (1) The plan makes a transfer of benefit liabilities to a person, 
or to a plan or plans maintained by a person or persons, that are not 
members of the transferor plan's controlled group; and

[[Page 55008]]

    (2) The amount of benefit liabilities transferred, in conjunction 
with other benefit liabilities transferred during the 12-month period 
ending on the date of the transfer, is 3 percent or more of the plan's 
total benefit liabilities. Both the benefit liabilities transferred and 
the plan's total benefit liabilities are to be valued as of any one 
date in the plan year in which the transfer occurs, using actuarial 
assumptions that comply with section 414(l) of the Code.
    (b) Determination rules--(1) Date of transfer. The date of transfer 
is to be determined on the basis of the facts and circumstances of the 
particular situation. For transfers subject to the requirements of 
section 414(l) of the Code, the date determined in accordance with 26 
CFR 1.414(l)-1(b)(11) will be considered the date of transfer.
    (2) Distributions of lump sums and annuities. For purposes of 
paragraph (a) of this section, the payment of a lump sum, or purchase 
of an irrevocable commitment to provide an annuity, in satisfaction of 
benefit liabilities is not a transfer of benefit liabilities.
    (c) Waivers--(1) Small plan. Notice under this section is waived if 
the plan had 100 or fewer participants for whom flat-rate premiums were 
payable for the plan year preceding the event year.
    (2) Low-default-risk. Notice under this section is waived if each 
contributing sponsor of the plan and the highest level U.S. parent of 
each contributing sponsor are low-default-risk on the date of the 
event.
    (3) Well-funded plan. Notice under this section is waived if the 
plan is in the well-funded plan safe harbor for the event year.
    (4) Public company. Notice under this section is waived if any 
contributing sponsor of the plan before the transaction is a public 
company and the contributing sponsor timely files a SEC Form 8-K 
disclosing the event under an item of the Form 8-K other than under 
Item 2.02 (Results of Operations and Financial Condition) or in 
financial statements under Item 9.01 (Financial Statements and 
Exhibits).


Sec.  4043.33  Application for minimum funding waiver.

    A reportable event for a plan occurs when an application for a 
minimum funding waiver for the plan is submitted under section 302(c) 
of ERISA or section 412(c) of the Code.


Sec.  4043.34  Loan default.

    (a) Reportable event. A reportable event occurs for a plan when, 
with respect to a loan with an outstanding balance of $10 million or 
more to a member of the plan's controlled group--
    (1) There is an acceleration of payment or a default under the loan 
agreement, or
    (2) The lender waives or agrees to an amendment of any covenant in 
the loan agreement the effect of which is to cure or avoid a breach 
that would trigger a default.
    (b) Waivers--(1) De minimis 10-percent segment. Notice under this 
section is waived if the debtor is not a contributing sponsor of the 
plan and represents a de minimis 10-percent segment of the plan's 
controlled group for the most recent fiscal year(s) ending on or before 
the date the reportable event occurs.
    (2) Foreign entity. Notice under this section is waived if the 
debtor is a foreign entity other than a foreign parent.


Sec.  4043.35  Insolvency or similar settlement.

    (a) Reportable event. A reportable event occurs for a plan when any 
member of the plan's controlled group--
    (1) Commences or has commenced against it any insolvency proceeding 
(including, but not limited to, the appointment of a receiver) other 
than a bankruptcy case under the Bankruptcy Code;
    (2) Commences, or has commenced against it, a proceeding to effect 
a composition, extension, or settlement with creditors;
    (3) Executes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or
    (4) Undertakes to effect any other nonjudicial composition, 
extension, or settlement with substantially all its creditors.
    (b) Waivers--(1) De minimis 10-percent segment. Notice under this 
section is waived if the person described in paragraph (a) of this 
section is not a contributing sponsor of the plan and represents a de 
minimis 10-percent segment of the plan's controlled group for the most 
recent fiscal year(s) ending on or before the date the reportable event 
occurs.
    (2) Foreign entity. Notice under this section is waived if the 
person described in paragraph (a) of this section is a foreign entity 
other than a foreign parent.

Subpart C--Advance Notice of Reportable Events


Sec.  4043.61  Advance reporting filing obligation.

    (a) In general. Unless a waiver or extension applies with respect 
to the plan, each contributing sponsor of a plan is required to notify 
PBGC no later than 30 days before the effective date of a reportable 
event described in this subpart C if the contributing sponsor is 
subject to advance reporting for the reportable event. If there is a 
change in contributing sponsor, the responsibility for any failure to 
file or defective filing lies with the person who is the contributing 
sponsor of the plan on the notice date.
    (b) Persons subject to advance reporting. A contributing sponsor of 
a plan is subject to the advance reporting requirement under paragraph 
(a) of this section for a reportable event if --
    (1) On the notice date, neither the contributing sponsor nor any 
member of the plan's controlled group to which the event relates is a 
public company; and
    (2) The aggregate unfunded vested benefits, determined in 
accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, are more than $50 
million; and
    (3) The aggregate value of plan assets, determined in accordance 
with paragraph (c) of this section, is less than 90 percent of the 
aggregate premium funding target, determined in accordance with 
paragraph (c) of this section.
    (c) Funding determinations. For purposes of paragraph (b) of this 
section, the aggregate unfunded vested benefits, aggregate value of 
plan assets, and aggregate premium funding target are determined by 
aggregating the unfunded vested benefits, values of plan assets, and 
premium funding targets (respectively), as determined in accordance 
with part 4006 of this chapter for purposes of the variable-rate 
premium for the plan year preceding the effective date of the event, of 
plans maintained (on the notice date) by the contributing sponsor and 
any members of the contributing sponsor's controlled group, 
disregarding plans with no unfunded vested benefits (as so determined).
    (d) Shortening of 30-day period. Pursuant to Sec.  4043.3(d), PBGC 
may, upon review of an advance notice, shorten the notice period to 
allow for an earlier effective date.


Sec.  4043.62  Change in contributing sponsor or controlled group.

    (a) Reportable event. Advance notice is required for a change in a 
plan's contributing sponsor or controlled group, as described in Sec.  
4043.29(a).
    (b) Waivers--(1) Small and mid-size plans. Notice under this 
section is waived with respect to a change of contributing sponsor if 
the transferred plan has fewer than 500 participants.
    (2) De minimis 5-percent segment. Notice under this section is 
waived if the person or persons that will cease to

[[Page 55009]]

be members of the plan's controlled group represent a de minimis 5-
percent segment of the plan's old controlled group for the most recent 
fiscal year(s) ending on or before the effective date of the reportable 
event.


Sec.  4043.63  Liquidation.

    (a) Reportable event. Advance notice is required for a liquidation 
of a member of a plan's controlled group, as described in Sec.  
4043.30.
    (b) Waiver--de minimis 5-percent segment and ongoing plans. Notice 
under this section is waived if the person that liquidates is a de 
minimis 5-percent segment of the plan's controlled group for the most 
recent fiscal year(s) ending on or before the effective date of the 
reportable event, and each plan that was maintained by the liquidating 
member is maintained by another member of the plan's controlled group.


Sec.  4043.64  Extraordinary dividend or stock redemption.

    (a) Reportable event. Advance notice is required for a distribution 
by a member of a plan's controlled group, as described in Sec.  
4043.31(a).
    (b) Waiver--de minimis 5-percent segment. Notice under this section 
is waived if the person making the distribution is a de minimis 5-
percent segment of the plan's controlled group for the most recent 
fiscal year(s) ending on or before the effective date of the reportable 
event.


Sec.  4043.65  Transfer of benefit liabilities.

    (a) Reportable event. Advance notice is required for a transfer of 
benefit liabilities, as described in Sec.  4043.32(a).
    (b) Waivers--(1) Complete plan transfer. Notice under this section 
is waived if the transfer is a transfer of all of the transferor plan's 
benefit liabilities and assets to one other plan.
    (2) Transfer of less than 3 percent of assets. Notice under this 
section is waived if the value of the assets being transferred--
    (i) Equals the present value of the accrued benefits (whether or 
not vested) being transferred, using actuarial assumptions that comply 
with section 414(l) of the Code; and
    (ii) In conjunction with other assets transferred during the same 
plan year, is less than 3 percent of the assets of the transferor plan 
as of at least one day in that year.
    (3) Section 414(l) safe harbor. Notice under this section is waived 
if the benefit liabilities of 500 or fewer participants are transferred 
and the transfer complies with section 414(l) of the Code using the 
actuarial assumptions prescribed for valuing benefits in trusteed plans 
under Sec. Sec.  4044.51 through 4044.57 of this chapter.
    (4) Fully funded plans. Notice under this section is waived if the 
transfer complies with section 414(l) of the Code using reasonable 
actuarial assumptions and, after the transfer, the transferor and 
transferee plans are fully funded as determined in accordance with 
Sec. Sec.  4044.51 through 4044.57 of this chapter and Sec.  
4010.8(d)(1)(ii) of this chapter.


Sec.  4043.66  Application for minimum funding waiver.

    (a) Reportable event. Advance notice is required for an application 
for a minimum funding waiver, as described in Sec.  4043.33.
    (b) Extension. The notice date is extended until 10 days after the 
reportable event has occurred.


Sec.  4043.67  Loan default.

    Advance notice is required for an acceleration of payment, a 
default, a waiver, or an agreement to an amendment with respect to a 
loan agreement described in Sec.  4043.34(a).


Sec.  4043.68  Insolvency or similar settlement.

    (a) Reportable event. Advance notice is required for an insolvency 
or similar settlement, as described in Sec.  4043.35.
    (b) Extension. For a case or proceeding under Sec.  4043.35(a)(1) 
or (2) that is not commenced by a member of the plan's controlled 
group, the notice date is extended to 10 days after the commencement of 
the case or proceeding.

Subpart D--Notice of Failure To Make Required Contributions


Sec.  4043.81  PBGC Form 200, notice of failure to make required 
contributions; supplementary information.

    (a) General rules. To comply with the notification requirement in 
section 303(k)(4) of ERISA and section 430(k)(4) of the Code, a 
contributing sponsor of a single-employer plan that is covered under 
section 4021 of ERISA and (if that contributing sponsor is a member of 
a parent-subsidiary controlled group) the ultimate parent must complete 
and submit in accordance with this section a properly certified Form 
200 that includes all required documentation and other information, as 
described in the related filing instructions. Notice is required 
whenever the unpaid balance of a contribution payment required under 
sections 302 and 303 of ERISA and sections 412 and 430 of the Code 
(including interest), when added to the aggregate unpaid balance of all 
preceding such payments for which payment was not made when due 
(including interest), exceeds $1 million.
    (1) Form 200 must be filed with PBGC no later than 10 days after 
the due date for any required payment for which payment was not made 
when due.
    (2) If a contributing sponsor or the ultimate parent completes and 
submits Form 200 in accordance with this section, PBGC will consider 
the notification requirement in section 303(k)(4) of ERISA and section 
430(k)(4) of the Code to be satisfied by all members of a controlled 
group of which the person who has filed Form 200 is a member.
    (b) Supplementary information. If, upon review of a Form 200, PBGC 
concludes that it needs additional information in order to make 
decisions regarding enforcement of a lien imposed by section 303(k) of 
ERISA and section 430(k) of the Code, PBGC may require any member of 
the contributing sponsor's controlled group to supplement the Form 200 
in accordance with Sec.  4043.3(d).
    (c) Ultimate parent. For purposes of this section, the term 
``ultimate parent'' means the parent at the highest level in the chain 
of corporations and/or other organizations constituting a parent-
subsidiary controlled group.

PART 4204--VARIANCES FOR SALE OF ASSETS

0
7. The authority citation for part 4204 continues to read as follows:

    Authority:  29 U.S.C. 1302(b)(3), 1384(c).


Sec.  4204.12  [Amended]

0
8. Section 4204.12 is amended by removing the figures ``412(b)(3)(A)'' 
and adding in their place the figures ``431(b)(3)(A)''.

PART 4206--ADJUSTMENT OF LIABILITY FOR WITHDRAWAL SUBSEQUENT TO A 
PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL

0
9. The authority citation for part 4206 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 29 U.S.C. 1302(b)(3) and 1386(b).


Sec.  4206.7  [Amended]

0
10. Section 4206.7 is amended by removing the figures ``412(b)(4)'' and 
adding in their place the figures ``431(b)(5)''.

PART 4231--MERGERS AND TRANSFERS BETWEEN MULTIEMPLOYER PLANS

0
11. The authority citation for part 4231 continues to read as follows:

    Authority: 29 U.S.C. 1302(b)(3), 1411.

[[Page 55010]]

Sec.  4231.2  [Amended]

0
12. In Sec.  4231.2, the definitions of ``actuarial valuation'' and 
``fair market value of assets'' are amended by removing the words 
``section 302 of ERISA and section 412 of the Code'' where they appear 
in each definition and adding in their place the words ``section 304 of 
ERISA and section 431 of the Code''.


Sec.  4231.6  [Amended]

0
13. In Sec.  4231.6:
0
a. Paragraph (b)(4)(ii) is amended by removing the figures 
``412(b)(4)'' and adding in their place the figures ``431(b)(5)''.
0
b. Paragraph (c)(2) is amended by removing the words ``section 412 of 
the Code (which requires that such assumptions be reasonable in the 
aggregate)'' and adding in their place the words ``section 431 of the 
Code (which requires that each such assumption be reasonable)''.
0
c. Paragraph (c)(5) is amended by removing the figures ``412'' and 
adding in their place the figures ``431''.

    Issued in Washington, DC, this 8th day of September, 2015.
Alice C. Maroni,
Acting Director, Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
[FR Doc. 2015-22941 Filed 9-10-15; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 7709-02-P



                                                                                                       Vol. 80                           Friday,
                                                                                                       No. 176                           September 11, 2015




                                                                                                       Part IV


                                                                                                       Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation
                                                                                                       29 CFR Parts 4000, 4001, 4043, et al.
                                                                                                       Reportable Events and Certain Other Notification Requirements; Final Rule
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:20 Sep 10, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00001   Fmt 4717   Sfmt 4717   E:\FR\FM\11SER3.SGM   11SER3


                                                  54980            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 176 / Friday, September 11, 2015 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  PENSION BENEFIT GUARANTY                                events regulation to changes in the law.              Other waivers, such as public company,
                                                  CORPORATION                                             A better-targeted and more efficient                  small plan, de minimis segment, and
                                                                                                          reporting system helps preserve                       foreign entity waivers, have been
                                                  29 CFR Parts 4000, 4001, 4043, 4204,                    retirement plans.                                     retained in the final rule, and in many
                                                  4206, and 4231                                            PBGC’s legal authorities for this                   cases expanded, to provide additional
                                                                                                          action are section 4002(b)(3) of the                  relief to plan sponsors where the risk of
                                                  RIN 1212–AB06
                                                                                                          Employee Retirement Income Security                   an event to plans and the pension
                                                  Reportable Events and Certain Other                     Act of 1974 (ERISA), which authorizes                 insurance system is low. With the
                                                  Notification Requirements                               PBGC to issue regulations to carry out                expansion in the number of waivers
                                                                                                          the purposes of title IV of ERISA, and                available in the final rule, PBGC
                                                  AGENCY:  Pension Benefit Guaranty                       section 4043 of ERISA, which gives                    estimates that 94 percent of plans
                                                  Corporation.                                            PBGC authority to define reportable                   covered by the pension insurance
                                                  ACTION: Final rule.                                     events and waive reporting.                           system will qualify for at least one
                                                                                                          Executive Summary—Major Provisions                    waiver of reporting for events dealing
                                                  SUMMARY:    In 2013, PBGC proposed to                                                                         with active participant reductions,
                                                  establish risk-based safe harbors that                  of the Regulatory Action
                                                                                                                                                                controlled group changes, extraordinary
                                                  would exempt most companies and                         Changing the Waiver Structure                         dividends, benefit liability transfers,
                                                  plans from many of its reportable events                                                                      and substantial owner distributions.
                                                                                                             Under the regulation’s long-standing
                                                  requirements and target reporting
                                                                                                          waiver structure for reportable events,               Revised Definitions of Reportable Events
                                                  toward the minority of plan sponsors
                                                                                                          which primarily focused on the funded
                                                  and plans presenting the most                                                                                   The rule simplifies the descriptions of
                                                                                                          status of a plan, PBGC often did not get
                                                  substantial risk of involuntary or                                                                            several reportable events and makes
                                                                                                          reports it needed; at the same time, it
                                                  distress termination. After holding a                                                                         some event descriptions (e.g., active
                                                                                                          received many reports that were
                                                  hearing on the proposal, and carefully                  unnecessary. This mismatch occurred                   participant reduction) narrower so that
                                                  considering the public’s written and                    because the old waiver structure was                  compliance is easier and less
                                                  oral comments, PBGC is publishing this                  not well tied to the actual risks and                 burdensome. One event is broadened in
                                                  final rule to make the requirements of                  causes of plan terminations, particularly             scope (loan defaults), and clarification
                                                  the sponsor risk-based safe harbor more                 the risk that a plan sponsor will default             of another event has a similar result
                                                  flexible, make the funding level for                    on its financial obligations, ultimately              (controlled group changes). These
                                                  satisfying the well-funded plan safe                    leading to an underfunded termination                 changes, like the waiver changes, are
                                                  harbor lower and tied to the variable-                  of its pension plan.                                  aimed at tying reporting burden to risk.
                                                  rate premium, and add public company                       The final rule provides a new                      Conforming to Changes in the Law
                                                  waivers for five events. The waiver                     reportable events waiver structure that
                                                  structure under the final rule will                                                                              The Pension Protection Act of 2006
                                                                                                          is more closely focused on risk of
                                                  further reduce unnecessary reporting                                                                          (PPA) made changes in the law that
                                                                                                          default than was the old waiver
                                                  requirements, while at the same time                                                                          affect the test for whether advance
                                                                                                          structure. Some reporting requirements
                                                  better targeting PBGC’s resources to                                                                          reporting of certain reportable events is
                                                                                                          that poorly identify risky situations—
                                                  plans that pose the greatest risks to the                                                                     required. This rule conforms the
                                                                                                          like those based on a supposedly
                                                  pension insurance system. PBGC                                                                                advance reporting test to the new legal
                                                                                                          modest level of plan underfunding—
                                                  anticipates the final rule will exempt                                                                        requirements.
                                                                                                          have been eliminated; at the same time,
                                                  about 94 percent of plans and sponsors                  a new low-default-risk ‘‘safe harbor’’—               Mandatory E-Filing
                                                  from many reporting requirements and                    based on company financial metrics—is                   The rule makes electronic filing of
                                                  result in a net reduction in reporting to               established that better measures risk to              reportable events notices mandatory.
                                                  PBGC. This rulemaking is a result of                    the pension insurance system. This                    This furthers PBGC’s ongoing
                                                  PBGC’s regulatory review under                          sponsor safe harbor is voluntary and                  implementation of the Government
                                                  Executive Order 13563.                                  based on existing, readily-available                  Paperwork Elimination Act. E-filing is
                                                  DATES: Effective October 13, 2015. See                  financial information that companies                  more efficient for both filers and PBGC
                                                  Applicability in SUPPLEMENTARY                          already use for many business purposes.               and has become the norm for PBGC’s
                                                  INFORMATION.                                               With the low-default-risk safe harbor,             regulated community.
                                                                                                          PBGC is establishing a risk tolerance
                                                  FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
                                                                                                          level for certain events faced by plans               Background
                                                  Daniel S. Liebman, Attorney
                                                                                                          and plan sponsors that trigger reporting                The Pension Benefit Guaranty
                                                  (Liebman.Daniel@PBGC.gov),                              requirements so that PBGC can monitor
                                                  Regulatory Affairs Group, Office of the                                                                       Corporation (PBGC) administers the
                                                                                                          and address situations that are most                  pension plan termination insurance
                                                  General Counsel, Pension Benefit                        likely to pose problems to the pension
                                                  Guaranty Corporation, 1200 K Street                                                                           program under Title IV of the Employee
                                                                                                          insurance system. This reporting system               Retirement Income Security Act of 1974
                                                  NW., Washington, DC 20005–4026; 202–                    is analogous to that used by an
                                                  326–4024. (TTY/TDD users may call the                                                                         (ERISA). Section 4043 of ERISA requires
                                                                                                          unsecured creditor in loan arrangements               that PBGC be notified of the occurrence
                                                  Federal relay service toll-free at 1–800–               with a borrower so as to be alerted to
                                                  877–8339 and ask to be connected to                                                                           of certain ‘‘reportable events.’’ The
                                                                                                          important issues facing the borrower                  statute provides for both post-event and
                                                  202–326–4024.)                                          impacting its ability to meet its loan
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:                              obligations.                                          funding on a premium basis. However, in PBGC’s
                                                  Executive Summary—Purpose of the                           The final rule also provides a safe                experience, that test was inadequate, as it was
                                                  Regulatory Action                                       harbor based on a plan’s owing no                     passed by many plans that underwent distress or
                                                                                                          variable-rate premium (VRP) (referred to              involuntary terminations. See Well-Funded Plan
                                                    This rule is needed to make reporting                                                                       Safe Harbor below. A safe harbor based on paying
                                                                                                          as the well-funded plan safe harbor).1                no VRP, in contrast, is consistent with a
                                                  more efficient and effective, to avoid                                                                        Congressional determination of the level of
                                                  unnecessary reporting requirements,                       1 The old regulation provided a waiver in some      underfunding that presents risk to the pension
                                                  and to conform PBGC’s reportable                        circumstances generally based on 80 percent           insurance system.



                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:20 Sep 10, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00002   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\11SER3.SGM   11SER3


                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 176 / Friday, September 11, 2015 / Rules and Regulations                                                    54981

                                                  advance reporting.2 PBGC’s regulation                   for example, by exploring alternative                    some events may make reporting
                                                  on Reportable Events and Certain Other                  funding options with the plan sponsor—                   unnecessary or where the PBGC has
                                                  Notification Requirements (29 CFR part                  or, if plan termination is called for, to                other ways to obtain needed
                                                  4043) implements section 4043.                          maximize recovery of the shortfall from                  information. The regulation (both the
                                                    Reportable events include such plan                   all possible sources.3 Without timely                    old regulation and the new regulation 4)
                                                  events as missed contributions,                         information about a reportable event,                    also provides that PBGC may grant
                                                  insufficient funds, and large pay-outs,                 PBGC typically learns that a plan is in                  waivers and extensions on a case-by-
                                                  and such sponsor events as loan                         danger only when most opportunities                      case basis.
                                                  defaults and controlled group changes—                  for protecting participants and the                        Reportable events are rare and
                                                  events that may present a risk to a                     pension insurance system have been                       reporting is often waived. As a result,
                                                  sponsor’s ability to continue a plan.                   lost. The regulation does however,                       each year, on average only 4 percent of
                                                  When PBGC has timely information                        include a system of waivers and                          plans experience an event and are
                                                  about a reportable event, it can take                   extensions to ease reporting burdens                     required to report it; even fewer are
                                                  steps to encourage plan continuation—                   where the circumstances surrounding                      required to report Category 1 events.5




                                                  Although the impact of the reportable                   proposal reflected PBGC’s concern that                   events that posed little risk to PBGC and
                                                  events regulation on any company or                     it was not receiving reports of                          said that the increase in the public’s
                                                  plan or on the pension community as a                   significant events because the existing                  burden of compliance would outweigh
                                                  whole is very small, a reportable events                automatic waivers were too broadly                       the benefit to the pension insurance
                                                  notice is potentially very important to                 applicable.                                              system of the additional reporting. They
                                                  PBGC, the pension insurance system,                        PBGC received comments from                           also expressed concern that the
                                                  and participants of affected plans.6                    actuaries, pension consultants, and                      proposed changes to the rule would
                                                                                                          organizations representing employers                     discourage employers from continuing
                                                  2009 Proposed Rule
                                                                                                          and pension professionals. The public                    to maintain pension plans covered by
                                                     On November 23, 2009 (at 74 FR                       comments on the 2009 proposal                            Title IV. Several commenters urged
                                                  61248), PBGC published in the Federal                   uniformly opposed the proposed                           PBGC to rethink and repropose the rule
                                                  Register for notice and comment a                       elimination of most waivers.                             to address issues raised by the
                                                  proposed rule (the 2009 proposal) that                  Commenters said that without the                         comments.
                                                  eliminated most automatic waivers. The                  waivers, reporting would be required for
                                                     2 Except as otherwise noted, this preamble           intervention provided an opportunity to examine          applicable as the ‘‘old regulation’’ and refers to the
                                                  discusses post-event reporting only.                    options with the plan sponsor to continue the plan.      regulation as amended by this final rule as the ‘‘new
                                                     3 For example, alerts from recent reportable         As another example, a reportable event notice of an      regulation.’’ See Applicability below.
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  events notices of missed contribution events have       active participant reduction event led to a                5 Category 1 events include Extraordinary
                                                  allowed PBGC to timely intervene to protect plan        negotiated settlement with the plan sponsor that
                                                                                                                                                                   Dividend or Stock Redemption, Active Participant
                                                  assets and participant benefits. In one such case,      resulted in an additional $400,000 contribution to
                                                                                                                                                                   Reduction, Change in Contributing Sponsor or
                                                  PBGC’s involvement ensured that there was no            the plan. When the sponsor later filed for
                                                                                                          bankruptcy, PBGC took over the plan with a smaller       Controlled Group, Distributions to a Substantial
                                                  interruption in benefits when PBGC ultimately
                                                  terminated the plan. In a second case, PBGC’s           amount of unfunded liabilities than if the               Owner, and Transfer of Benefit Liabilities events.
                                                  monitoring of the plan as a result of the reportable    contribution from the settlement had not been            As discussed below, these are events for which the
                                                  event filing ensured that there were sufficient funds   made.                                                    low-default risk and well-funded plan safe harbors
                                                  from the sale of a business to complete a standard        4 For ease of reference, the preamble refers to the    will apply under the final regulation.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            ER11SE15.002</GPH>




                                                  termination. In a third case, PBGC’s early              regulation as it exists before this final rule becomes     6 See footnote 3 above.




                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:20 Sep 10, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00003   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\11SER3.SGM     11SER3


                                                  54982            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 176 / Friday, September 11, 2015 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  Executive Order 13563                                   to meet its financial commitments in                  particularly with the safe harbors,
                                                     On January 18, 2011, the President                   full and on time) as determined through               which four commenters suggested could
                                                  issued Executive Order 13563 on                         credit report scores and the satisfaction             cause more sponsors to leave the
                                                  Improving Regulation and Regulatory                     of related criteria. A second safe harbor             defined benefit system. Other concerns
                                                  Review (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011).                  that was more stringent than the                      dealt with the difficulty of monitoring
                                                  Executive Order 13563 encourages                        existing funding-based waivers was                    events in controlled groups and with
                                                  identification and use of innovative                    available for plans that were either fully            proposed changes to the events dealing
                                                  tools to achieve regulatory ends, calls                 funded on a termination basis or 120                  with active participant reductions and
                                                  for streamlining existing regulations,                  percent funded on a premium basis. The                missed contributions. Some plan
                                                  and reemphasizes the goal of balancing                  2013 proposal also preserved or                       sponsor groups expressed general
                                                  regulatory benefits with burdens on the                 extended some waivers under the old                   concern that by creating a plan sponsor
                                                  public. Executive Order 13563 also                      regulation (including small-plan                      financial soundness safe harbor, PBGC,
                                                  requires agencies to develop a plan to                  waivers) that the 2009 proposal would                 on behalf of the Federal government,
                                                  review existing regulations to identify                 have eliminated.                                      inevitably would become an entity that
                                                  any that can be made more effective or                    PBGC received 13 comment letters on                 makes formal pronouncements on the
                                                  less burdensome in achieving regulatory                 the 2013 proposal, mainly from the                    financial prospects of American
                                                  objectives.7                                            same sources as the comments on the                   businesses. Two commenters urged that
                                                                                                          2009 proposal.8 PBGC also held its first-             the proposal be withdrawn. The
                                                  2013 Proposal                                           ever regulatory public hearing, at which              comments on the 2013 proposal and
                                                     PBGC reconsidered the reportable                     eight of the commenters discussed their               PBGC’s responses are discussed below
                                                  events regulation in the spirit of                      comments.                                             with the topics to which they relate.
                                                  Executive Order 13563 and in light of                     Most of the commenters on the 2013
                                                  the comments to the 2009 proposal. On                   proposal expressed appreciation for                   Final Rule Waivers
                                                  April 3, 2013 (at 78 FR 20039), PBGC                    PBGC’s re-proposing the rule and for the
                                                                                                          opportunity for further public input.                    In response to the comments, PBGC is
                                                  published a new proposed rule (the                                                                            issuing a final rule with safe harbors
                                                  2013 proposal). The 2013 proposal took                  Several commenters complimented
                                                                                                          PBGC on its general overall effort or said            that are simpler, more flexible, and
                                                  a very different approach to waivers                                                                          easier to comply with and that clearly
                                                  from the 2009 proposal. Whereas the                     the 2013 proposal was an improvement
                                                                                                          on the 2009 proposal. One commenter                   target risk to the pension insurance
                                                  2009 proposal simply eliminated most                                                                          system.9 Under the final rule, all small
                                                  automatic waivers, the 2013 proposal                    approved PBGC’s efforts to balance its
                                                                                                          need for information with the public’s                plans (about two-thirds of all plans) will
                                                  substituted a new system of waivers                                                                           be waived from reporting Category 1
                                                  (safe harbors) to reduce burden where                   burden of providing it and to streamline
                                                                                                          the reporting process. Another                        events (other than substantial owner
                                                  possible without depriving PBGC of the                                                                        distributions). Further, if a reportable
                                                  information it needs to protect the                     commenter applauded PBGC on its
                                                                                                          common sense, risk-based approach to                  event occurs, 82 percent of large plans
                                                  pension insurance system.                                                                                     qualify for at least one waiver for these
                                                     One of the waivers in the 2013                       reporting, and yet another commended
                                                                                                          PBGC for the proposed rule’s significant              events: 10
                                                  proposal was for employers that met a
                                                  safe harbor based on what the proposal                  relief for small plans, as well as the
                                                                                                                                                                  9 See Summary Chart, below, for an overview of
                                                  described as sponsor financial                          general focus on tying reporting to risk.
                                                                                                                                                                waivers and safe harbors under the old regulation
                                                  soundness (i.e., an employer’s capacity                   Nonetheless, all of the commenters                  and this final rule.
                                                                                                          took issue with aspects of the proposal,                10 For this purpose, large plans means those plans
                                                     7 PBGC’s Plan for Regulatory Review can be found                                                           that have more than 100 participants. The charts
                                                  at http://www.pbgc.gov/documents/plan-for-                8 The 2013 proposal also received comments from     included in this preamble do not reflect waivers for
                                                  regulatory-review.pdf (August 23, 2011).                one plan sponsor.                                     de minimis segments or foreign entities.
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:20 Sep 10, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00004   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\11SER3.SGM   11SER3


                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 176 / Friday, September 11, 2015 / Rules and Regulations                       54983




                                                    As a result, if a reportable event                    final regulation (an increase from 89
                                                  occurs, 94 percent of all plans will                    percent under the old regulation):
                                                  qualify for at least one waiver under the
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                                                                                                                                                          ER11SE15.003</GPH>




                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:20 Sep 10, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00005   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\11SER3.SGM   11SER3


                                                  54984            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 176 / Friday, September 11, 2015 / Rules and Regulations




                                                  Low-Default-Risk Safe Harbor for Plan                       The 2013 proposal provided a waiver                available and accepted financial
                                                  Sponsors                                                 from reporting for each of five events                standards.
                                                                                                           (active participant reductions,                          One commenter found the sponsor
                                                     To address the issue of risk, the 2013                substantial owner distributions,                      financial soundness safe harbor to be a
                                                  proposal provided a risk-based safe                      controlled group changes, extraordinary               reasonable attempt to accomplish the
                                                  harbor tied to the risk of default on                    dividends, and benefit liabilities                    goal of providing broad waivers in
                                                  financial obligations of a plan sponsor.                 transfers) if, as of the date an event                situations where there is no significant
                                                  PBGC developed the proposed safe                         occurred, each contributing sponsor (or               risk to PBGC. But most commenters
                                                  harbor based on its experience that the                  highest US member of its controlled                   opposed the safe harbor as a concept,
                                                  default risk of a plan sponsor generally                 group) was what the proposal termed                   arguing that it would not be business-
                                                  correlates with the risk of an                           ‘‘financially sound,’’ that is, had                   friendly or helpful in protecting the
                                                  underfunded termination of the                           adequate capacity to meet its obligations             pension insurance system. Some
                                                  sponsor’s pension plan. One major                        in full and on time as evidenced by its               commenters characterized the financial
                                                  component of the risk of underfunded                     satisfaction of five criteria:                        soundness test as a pronouncement by
                                                  termination is the likelihood that the                      1. The entity had a qualifying                     PBGC on the financial status of
                                                  plan sponsor will, within the near                       commercial credit report score.                       American businesses, which they
                                                  future, fall into one of the ‘‘distress’’                                                                      believed to be inappropriate for a
                                                  categories in section 4041(c)(2)(B) of                      2. The entity had no secured debt
                                                                                                                                                                 government agency.
                                                  ERISA (liquidation, reorganization, or                   (with certain exceptions).                               However, many federal agencies have
                                                  inability to pay debts when due and to                      3. The entity had positive net income              rules that include standards for
                                                  continue in business). Another is that                   for the most recent two fiscal years.                 measuring aspects of financial health or
                                                  the sponsor will go out of business,                        4. The entity did not experience any               ability to meet certain financial
                                                  abandoning the plan and forcing PBGC                     loan default event in the previous two                obligations for a wide variety of
                                                  to terminate it under section 4042 of                    years (regardless of whether reporting                purposes, including eligibility to use
                                                  ERISA. Thus, the 2013 proposal                           was waived).                                          certain forms, qualification for funding,
                                                  recognized that the risk of underfunded                     5. The entity did not experience a                 or participation in certain activities.
                                                  termination of a plan within the near                    missed contribution event in the                      These regulations govern not only the
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  future depends most significantly on the                 previous two years (unless reporting                  financial services industry, but such
                                                  plan sponsor’s financial strength.11                     was waived).                                          wide-ranging activities as agriculture,
                                                                                                              To focus public input on this issue,               education, energy, and the
                                                     11 In 2013, 66 percent of reportable events reports   the 2013 proposal asked specific                      environment.12 The provisions of the
                                                  from filers that were below investment grade             questions about the financial soundness
                                                  resulted in the opening of investigations. For this                                                              12 See e.g., Department of Agriculture biorefinery

                                                  purpose, ‘‘investment grade’’ means a credit rating
                                                                                                           standard and sought suggestions for                   assistance program (7 CFR 4279.202(d));
                                                  of Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or BBB- or higher by        alternative approaches to determining                 Department of Education requirements for
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        ER11SE15.004</GPH>




                                                  Standard and Poor’s.                                     financial soundness based on widely                   institutions to participate in Federal student



                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014    17:20 Sep 10, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00006   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\11SER3.SGM   11SER3


                                                                    Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 176 / Friday, September 11, 2015 / Rules and Regulations                                                54985

                                                  Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and                             PBGC’s company low-default-risk safe               years regardless of whether reporting
                                                  Consumer Protection Act (Pub. L. 111–                      harbor is entirely voluntary and relies               was waived.
                                                  203) (the Dodd-Frank Act) clearly                          mainly on private-sector financial                       7. The sponsor has not experienced a
                                                  contemplate the use of some types of                       metrics derived from a company’s own                  missed contribution event in the past
                                                  creditworthiness standards in federal                      financial information; one component of               two years unless reporting was waived.
                                                  regulations.13 And there is precedent in                   the safe harbor, which is not required to                For reporting to be waived for an
                                                  federal regulations for using the                          be used to satisfy the low-default-risk               event to which the safe harbor applies,
                                                  ‘‘adequate capacity’’ standard in                          standard, is based on widely available                both the contributing sponsor and the
                                                  determining financial soundness.14                         financial information that most plan                  highest level U.S. parent of the
                                                     PBGC understands that the proposed                      sponsors (and their U.S. parents)                     contributing sponsor must satisfy the
                                                  ‘‘financial soundness’’ terminology                        already have, and that represents well-               company low-default-risk safe harbor.
                                                  caused concern for some commenters,                        known, objective, non-governmental                    (The 2013 proposal required only that,
                                                  who perceived that the provisions of the                   assessments of default risk used in a                 for each contributing sponsor of the
                                                  safe harbor tests could be seen as                         wide variety of business contexts. Use of             plan, either the sponsor or the highest
                                                  measuring the overall financial                            the safe harbor is not conditioned on an              level U.S. parent of the contributing
                                                  prospects of a company. However, the                       evaluation by PBGC of plan sponsor                    sponsor satisfy the safe harbor
                                                  safe harbor tests were never meant for                     financial soundness. Nor does it involve              requirements.) Requiring that both
                                                  that purpose. Rather, they were                            sponsors’ reporting to PBGC (or anyone)               entities satisfy the safe harbor
                                                  intended to measure the likelihood that                    any financial metrics, such as company                requirements addresses the issue of
                                                  a company would be able to continue to                     financial information, credit scores or               intercompany transactions between or
                                                  sponsor a plan and thus not present a                      other evidence of creditworthiness.                   among members of a controlled group
                                                  risk to the pension insurance system. To                      PBGC remains convinced that adding                 that may disperse assets and liabilities
                                                  clarify this point, the final regulation                   a company low-default-risk safe harbor                within the controlled group.
                                                  more precisely characterizes this safe                     to the reportable events regulation                      Although the low-default-risk safe
                                                  harbor as the company low-default-risk                     furthers PBGC’s goals of tying reporting              harbor has some similarities with
                                                  safe harbor rather than the sponsor                        to risk and avoiding unnecessary                      standards PBGC described in its 2013
                                                  financial soundness safe harbor, and                       reports. Thus, the final rule contains a              guidelines concerning enforcement of
                                                  refers to a safe harbor for plans                          risk-based safe harbor with                           ERISA section 4062(e),16 differences
                                                  (described below) as the well-funded                       modifications to mitigate commenters’                 exist because of the different purposes
                                                  plan safe harbor rather than the plan                      concerns, particularly by providing                   of the statute. The 4062(e) guidelines
                                                  financial soundness safe harbor.                           more flexibility in applying the safe                 were intended to inform PBGC’s
                                                                                                             harbor and clarifying when and how the                exercise of its discretion in enforcing
                                                  assistance programs (34 CFR 668.15); Department of         satisfaction of the low-default-risk                  monetary liability for certain business
                                                  Energy loan guarantees for projects that employ            standard is determined.
                                                  innovative technologies (10 CFR part 609); and                                                                   cessations, whereas the reportable
                                                  Environmental Protection Agency rules on owners            Adequate Capacity Standard                            events regulation provides rules for the
                                                  and operators of underground carbon dioxide                                                                      public on compliance with ERISA
                                                  storage wells (40 CFR 146.85).                                The final rule provides that an entity
                                                                                                                                                                   section 4043’s reporting requirements.
                                                     13 Section 939A of the Dodd-Frank Act proscribes
                                                                                                             (a ‘‘company’’) that is a contributing
                                                  federal regulations that require the use of credit         sponsor of a plan or the highest level                   The final rule revises two criteria
                                                  ratings, but Section 939 also requires agencies to
                                                                                                             U.S. parent of a contributing sponsor                 (probability of default in the first
                                                  replace references to credit ratings in regulations                                                              criterion and secured debt level in the
                                                  with alternative standards of creditworthiness.            satisfies the low-default-risk standard if
                                                  Section 939A is premised on the fact that federal          the company has adequate capacity to                  second criterion) from the 2013
                                                  agencies can and do use standards of financial             meet its obligations in full and on time              proposal and adds two new criteria
                                                  capacity for various purposes.
                                                                                                             as evidenced by satisfying either (A) the             (based on a ratio of total-debt-to-
                                                     14 For example, recent rules promulgated by
                                                                                                             first two, or (B) any four, of the                    EBITDA described in the third criterion
                                                  Federal banking agencies use similar language that
                                                  PBGC reviewed in developing its own standard for           following seven criteria:                             listed above and a ratio of retained-
                                                  its regulation on reportable events. The 2013                 1. The probability that the company                earnings-to-total-assets described in the
                                                  proposal states: For purposes of this part, an entity      will default on its financial obligations             fourth criterion listed above). PBGC
                                                  that is a plan sponsor or member of a plan sponsor’s                                                             selected these four criteria based on
                                                  controlled group is ‘‘financially sound’’ . . . if . . .   is not more than 4 percent over the next
                                                  it has adequate capacity to meet its obligations in        five years or not more than 0.4 percent               historical data on rates of company
                                                  full and on time as evidenced by its satisfaction of       over the next year, in either case                    defaults on financial obligations from
                                                  all of the five criteria described in paragraphs (b)(1)    determined on the basis of widely                     widely published financial
                                                  through (b)(5) of this section’’). This language is                                                              information.17 These criteria represent
                                                  similar to an FDIC rule (‘‘an insured savings              available financial information on the
                                                  association . . . , shall not acquire or retain a          company’s credit quality.
                                                                                                                                                                     16 http://www.pbgc.gov/Documents/4062(e)-
                                                  corporate debt security unless the savings                    2. The company’s secured debt (with
                                                  association . . . determines that the issuer of the                                                              enforcement-of-guidelines.pdf. See PBGC’s Web site
                                                                                                             some exceptions) does not exceed 10                   for 4062(e) Developments, http://www.pbgc.gov/
                                                  security has adequate capacity to meet all financial
                                                  commitments under the security for the projected           percent of its total asset value.                     prac/reporting-and-disclosure/section-4062(e)-
                                                  life of the security’’) and an Office of the                  3. The company’s ratio of total-debt-              developments.html.
                                                  Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) rule                     to-EBITDA 15 is 3.0 or less.                            17 See e.g., Moody’s Investors Service Corporate

                                                  (‘‘Investment grade means the issuer of a security            4. The company’s ratio of retained-                and Recovery Default Rates, 1920–2010 (Feb. 28,
                                                  has an adequate capacity to meet financial                                                                       2011) http://efinance.org.cn/cn/FEben/Corporate
                                                                                                             earnings-to-total-assets is 0.25 or more.
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  commitments under the security for the projected                                                                 %20Default%20and%20Recovery%20Rates,1920-
                                                  life of the asset or exposure. An issuer has an               5. The company has positive net                    2010.pdf; Standard & Poor’s 2010 Annual U.S.
                                                  adequate capacity to meet financial commitments if         income for the two most recent                        Corporate Default Study And Rating Transitions
                                                  the risk of default by the obligor is low and the full     completed fiscal years.                               (March 30, 2011) http://www.standardandpoors.
                                                  and timely repayment of principal and interest is             6. The company has not experienced                 com/ratings/articles/en/us/?articleType=HTML&
                                                  expected’’). See FDIC rule (77 FR 43151, Jul. 24,                                                                assetID=1245302234800; and Standard & Poor’s
                                                  2102) at http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/FR-2012-07-          any loan default event in the past two                2011 Annual U.S. Corporate Default Study And
                                                  24/pdf/2012-17860.pdf and OCC rule (77 FR 35253,                                                                 Rating Transitions (March 23, 2012) http://www.
                                                  June 13, 2012) at http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/FR-           15 Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation,   standardandpoors.com/spf/upload/Ratings_EMEA/
                                                  2012-06-13/pdf/2012-14169.pdf.                             and amortization.                                     2012-03-23_2011AnnualUSCorpDefaultStudy.pdf.



                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014    17:20 Sep 10, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000    Frm 00007    Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\11SER3.SGM   11SER3


                                                  54986            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 176 / Friday, September 11, 2015 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  financial metrics that are easily                          The final regulation refers to the                 some indicated that the use of credit
                                                  identified from existing sources of                     annual financial statements or                        scores or similar information would be
                                                  information and are used regularly by                   applicable IRS return or Form 990                     acceptable in limited circumstances if it
                                                  creditors as indicators of a company’s                  associated with a financial information               were voluntary. Some concerns raised
                                                  ability to meet its financial obligations               date as ‘‘supporting financial                        by commenters centered on the extent to
                                                  in full and on time. Lenders take into                  information.’’ The supporting financial               which companies pay attention or have
                                                  account such rates of default when                      information associated with a financial               access to CCRC scores. Large public
                                                  extending credit to borrowers on terms                  information date will also be used to                 companies typically are more familiar
                                                  showing the borrowers have adequate                     evaluate whether the secured debt,                    with their credit ratings from nationally
                                                  capacity to meet financial obligations.                 EBITDA-to-total-debt, and/or retained-                recognized statistical rating
                                                  The revised criteria take into account                  earnings-to-total-assets criteria are met.            organizations (NRSROs) registered with
                                                  one commenter’s suggestion that PBGC                    To evaluate whether the positive net                  the SEC, and some small companies
                                                  consider incorporating into the safe                    income criterion is met, supporting                   may not have CCRC scores. Other
                                                  harbor alternative risk measures such as                financial information associated with                 concerns included costs associated with
                                                  debt-to-EBITDA and debt-to-total-capital                the two most recent consecutive fiscal                obtaining or monitoring scores,
                                                  ratios that are used in common debt                     years must be used.                                   inaccurate score data, and a lack of
                                                  covenants and routinely tracked by                         If an accountant’s audit or review                 specificity as to how and when PBGC
                                                  companies that issue debt or borrow                     report expresses a material adverse view              would update its forms and instructions
                                                  from banks. The changes to the low-                     or qualification, the company will not                with valid CCRC score examples.
                                                  default-risk standard are described in                  satisfy the low-default-risk standard for                The final regulation addresses these
                                                  more detail below.                                      the safe harbor. Common adverse                       concerns. Under the final rule’s
                                                                                                          qualifiers used in the accounting                     company low-default-risk safe harbor
                                                  Determination Date                                      profession that will render supporting                provision, the criterion that corresponds
                                                     To make the safe harbor user-friendly,               financial information unsatisfactory for              to the proposed CCRC score criterion is
                                                  the final rule provides that a company                  purposes of the safe harbor include such              optional. In addition, CCRC scores are
                                                  determine whether it qualifies for the                  language as ‘‘awareness of one or more                not the exclusive benchmark for
                                                  low-default-risk safe harbor once during                material modifications that should have               satisfying that new criterion. Instead,
                                                  an annual financial reporting cycle (on                 been made in order for the financial                  companies are not limited to using
                                                  a ‘‘financial information date’’). If it                statements to be in conformity with                   particular reports or tools and are
                                                  qualifies on that financial information                 [applicable accounting standards]’’; ‘‘the            afforded broad flexibility to use widely
                                                  date, its qualification remains in place                financial statements do not present                   available business metrics that measure
                                                  throughout a ‘‘safe harbor period’’ that                fairly, in all material respects, the                 default probability. This approach
                                                  ends 13 months later or on the next                     company’s financial condition and                     avoids the need to list and update
                                                  financial information date (if earlier).18              results of operations in conformity with              examples of scores in PBGC’s forms and
                                                  If it does not qualify, its non-qualified               [applicable accounting standards]’’; or               instructions.
                                                  status remains in place until the next                  ‘‘substantial doubt about the company’s                  Under the final rule, the first criterion
                                                  financial information date.                             ability to continue as a going concern                (referred to as the ‘‘commercial
                                                     The description of financial                         for a reasonable period of time.’’ 20                 measures’’ criterion) will be met for a
                                                  information used to determine whether                                                                         company if the probability that the
                                                  the safe harbor is available is similar to              Commercial Measures Criterion                         company will default on its financial
                                                  that used in PBGC’s regulation on                          To satisfy the criterion for the                   obligations is not more than 4 percent
                                                  Annual Financial and Actuarial                          company financial soundness safe                      over the next five years or not more than
                                                  Information Reporting.19 PBGC used                      harbor under the 2013 proposal, a                     0.4 percent over the next year, in either
                                                  this description so that the pension plan               company needed to have a credit score,                case determined on the basis of widely
                                                  community would be familiar with the                    reported by a commercial credit                       available financial information on the
                                                  provisions and to maintain consistency                  reporting company (CCRC) commonly                     company’s credit quality—not limited to
                                                  across PBGC regulations, to the extent                  used in the business community, that                  CCRC scores. PBGC’s intent is to
                                                  possible. The financial information date                indicated a low likelihood that the                   provide flexibility to companies in
                                                  for a company is the date annual                        company would default on its                          meeting the standard and allow a
                                                  financial statements (including balance                 obligations over the next twelve months.              company to determine whether it
                                                  sheets, income statements, cash flow                    Examples of such scores were to be                    satisfies the new criterion by referring to
                                                  statements, and notes to the financial                  listed in PBGC’s reportable events forms              third party information that the
                                                  statements) are filed with the Securities               and instructions.                                     company considers reliable and already
                                                  and Exchange Commission (SEC) on                           Seven commenters were critical of the              uses with confidence for other business
                                                  Form 10–K (if the company is a public                   commercial credit score criterion. Most               purposes. Thus, the final rule does not
                                                  company) or the closing date of the                     of these commenters opposed the use of                require the use of a CCRC score to
                                                  company’s annual accounting period (if                  the score as a criterion altogether, while            satisfy the commercial measures
                                                  the company is not a public company).                                                                         criterion (although a company may still
                                                                                                            20 See e.g., Public Company Accounting Oversight
                                                     For a company that does not have                                                                           choose to obtain a CCRC score if it does
                                                                                                          Board, AU Section 508 Reports on Audited
                                                  annual financial statements, the                        Financial Statements http://pcaobus.org/standards/
                                                                                                                                                                not have one, as contemplated in the
                                                  financial information date is the date                                                                        2013 proposal).
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                                                                          auditing/pages/au508.aspx#ps-pcaob_e65bc2e0-
                                                  the company files with the Internal                     ad78-42d7-a99b-8c59d98b3fd3; American Institute          The commercial measures standard
                                                  Revenue Service (IRS) its annual federal                of CPAs (AICPA), AU–C Section 705 Modifications       replicates the underlying probability of
                                                                                                          to the Opinion in the Independent Auditor’s Report    default risk reflected in the CCRC score
                                                  income tax return or IRS Form 990.                      http://www.aicpa.org/Research/Standards/
                                                                                                          AuditAttest/DownloadableDocuments/AU-C-               standard under the 2013 proposal 21 and
                                                    18 Thirteen months allows for some variation from
                                                                                                          00705.pdf; and AICPA, AR Section 90 Review of
                                                  year to year on the date that annual financials are     Financial Statements http://www.aicpa.org/              21 PBGC compared company one-year default
                                                  reported.                                               Research/Standards/CompilationReview/                 rates from information PBGC reviewed that is
                                                    19 See § 4010.9.                                      DownloadableDocuments/AR-00090.pdf.                   referred to in footnote 17 above with CCRC score



                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:20 Sep 10, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00008   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\11SER3.SGM   11SER3


                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 176 / Friday, September 11, 2015 / Rules and Regulations                                                 54987

                                                  represents a threshold below which                       took into account other agency                          if doing so would significantly reduce
                                                  PBGC believes there is legitimate                        rulemakings where credit ratings were                   the cost of a loan. PBGC sought public
                                                  concern as to a company’s long-term                      used in compliance with Section 939A                    comment on the extent to which the
                                                  ability to continue a pension plan.22 The                of the Dodd-Frank Act. Explaining the                   proposed no-secured-debt test might be
                                                  one- and five-year time periods for                      usefulness of outside sources of credit                 failed by plan sponsors that had a low
                                                  measuring default rate are typical                       quality information, including credit                   risk of default and on how to make the
                                                  periods over which third parties analyze                 ratings, these agencies suggested in                    test correspond better with commercial
                                                  the risk of default.                                     preambles to their rules that the                       reality (e.g., by disregarding more types
                                                     PBGC believes that almost every                       voluntary use of credit ratings from                    of secured debt).
                                                  sponsor and its highest level U.S. parent                NRSROs is permissible where they are                       Two commenters stated that a plan
                                                  will be able to obtain widely available                  one but not the sole source of                          sponsor’s use of secured debt is not
                                                  financial information that indicates                     information used to determine credit                    appropriate as a measure of the plan
                                                  their probability of default over either a               quality.26                                              sponsor’s financial health because, as
                                                  one- or five-year period. Typical metrics                  One of the commenters requested that                  PBGC acknowledged in the 2013
                                                  (from 2013) that would meet the                          PBGC provide relief from information                    proposal, a financially healthy company
                                                  probability-of-default standard include a                penalties if a company relies on a CCRC                 may obtain secured debt for a variety of
                                                  D&B score of 1477, risk class of 3, or                   score that turns out to be inaccurate or                business reasons that do not relate to the
                                                  percentile of 46–55; a                                   stale. PBGC believes such relief is                     credit risk of the company, such as to
                                                  CreditRiskMonitor 23 score of 9, and                     unnecessary under the final rule                        obtain favorable interest rates or because
                                                  may include other financial metrics                      because a company may choose a                          the company has assumed the debt from
                                                  reflecting a level of investment grade                   measure that the company knows is                       an entity it acquires.
                                                  rating. PBGC believes that 70 percent of                 accurate, or the company may choose to                     These comments gave PBGC a better
                                                  plan sponsors will be able to meet the                   satisfy the low-default-risk safe harbor                appreciation for how widespread a
                                                  probability-of-default criterion based on                in other ways.                                          practice it is for creditworthy companies
                                                  widely available financial information                   Secured Debt Criterion                                  to obtain secured debt. Under the final
                                                  on their credit quality. Sponsors of                                                                             rule, the criterion will be satisfied if a
                                                  small plans, which are more likely to                       Under the 2013 proposal, one of the                  company’s secured debt (disregarding
                                                  have difficulty obtaining credit quality                 criteria required to satisfy the sponsor                leases or debt incurred to acquire or
                                                  information, will generally qualify for                  financial soundness standard was that                   improve property and secured only by
                                                  the small-plan waiver for four of the five               the entity had no secured debt,                         that property) does not exceed 10
                                                  events 24 covered by the company low-                    disregarding leases or debt incurred to                 percent of the company’s total assets.
                                                  default-risk safe harbor.                                acquire or improve property and                            PBGC was reluctant to try to predict
                                                     In crafting the revised commercial                    secured only by that property (e.g.,                    the types of secured debt that low-risk
                                                  measures criterion, PBGC reviewed                        mortgages and equipment financing,                      borrowers would be more likely to have
                                                  language used in a recent final rule                     including capital leases). In the                       than higher-risk borrowers. The 10
                                                  designed to bring a Department of                        preamble to the 2013 proposal, PBGC                     percent threshold included in the
                                                  Treasury regulation into compliance                      said it was aware that there may be                     criterion serves to make a simple
                                                  with the Dodd-Frank Act.25 PBGC also                     other circumstances in which a                          allowance for secured debt that good
                                                                                                           company capable of borrowing without                    credit quality businesses may have. In
                                                  data; see e.g., https://www.dnb.com/product/FSS/         security might nonetheless choose to                    addition, PBGC’s experience is that
                                                  FAQsv7.1.pdf.                                            offer security to a lender—for example,                 approximately 90 percent of companies
                                                     22 See e.g., tying adequate capacity to meet

                                                  financial obligations to the lowest tier of investment                                                           that would meet the commercial
                                                                                                           published financial information or on the basis of
                                                  grade rating in Table 3 in http://                       other relevant facts and circumstances which reflect
                                                                                                                                                                   measures criterion of the safe harbor do
                                                  www.standardandpoors.com/spf/general/                    the relative credit quality of the corporation or the   not have a ratio of secured-debt-to-total-
                                                  RatingsDirect_Commentary_979212_06_22_2012_              comparable obligation). (Emphasis added.)               assets above 10 percent.27 PBGC
                                                  12_42_54.pdf.
                                                     23 This company was suggested by one of the
                                                                                                              26 See e.g., SEC Final Rule: Removal of Certain
                                                                                                                                                                   believes this correlation between the
                                                                                                           References to Credit Ratings Under the Investment       ability to meet financial obligations and
                                                  commenters on the 2013 proposal. According to            Company Act (79 FR 1321, January 8, 2014) (http://
                                                  CreditRiskMonitor’s Web site, the company                www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/FR-2014-01-08/pdf/2013-           the level of secured debt supports the
                                                  provides comprehensive commercial credit reports         31425.pdf): ‘‘We believe, however, that credit          use of 10 percent as an appropriate
                                                  for more than 40,000 public companies world-wide.
                                                     24 The distributions to substantial owner event
                                                                                                           ratings can serve as a useful data point for            threshold for this safe harbor criterion.
                                                                                                           evaluating credit quality, and as noted above, a
                                                  does not have a small plan waiver.                       fund’s board (or its delegate) may not rely solely on   Net-Income Criterion
                                                     25 See Department of Treasury Final Rule:
                                                                                                           the credit ratings of an NRSRO without performing
                                                  Modification of Treasury Regulations Pursuant to         additional due diligence’’; and Department of              Another criterion for the sponsor
                                                  Section 939A of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform        Labor, Employee Benefits Security Administration        financial soundness safe harbor in the
                                                  and Consumer Protection Act. (78 FR 54758,               Proposed Amendments to Class Prohibited                 2013 proposal was that the company
                                                  September 6, 2013) (http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/        Transaction Exemptions To Remove Credit Ratings
                                                  FR-2013-09-06/pdf/2013-21752.pdf). The relevant
                                                                                                                                                                   had positive net income for the past two
                                                                                                           Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and
                                                  regulatory text states:                                  Consumer Protection Act (78 FR 37578–9, June 21,        years. (For non-profit entities, ‘‘net
                                                     ‘‘Sec. 1.249–1 Limitation on deduction of bond        2013) (http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/FR-2013-06-         income’’ was to be measured as the
                                                  premium on repurchase: (e)(2)(ii) In determining         21/pdf/2013-14790.pdf): ‘‘In making these               excess of total revenue over total
                                                  the amount under paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section,    determinations, a fiduciary would not be precluded      expenses as required to be reported on
                                                  appropriate consideration shall be given to all          from considering credit quality reports prepared by
                                                                                                                                                                   Internal Revenue Service Form 990.)
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  factors affecting the selling price or yields of         outside sources, including credit ratings prepared
                                                  comparable nonconvertible obligations. Such              by credit rating agencies, that they conclude are          Four commenters raised issues
                                                  factors include general changes in prevailing yields     credible and reliable for this purpose’’ and ‘‘For      regarding the positive net income
                                                  of comparable obligations between the dates the          purposes of this amendment, the Department              criterion. Two commenters stated that
                                                  convertible obligation was issued and repurchased        believes that a fiduciary’s determination of the
                                                  and the amount (if any) by which the selling price       credit quality of commercial paper according the        the requirement did not necessarily
                                                  of the convertible obligation was affected by reason     proposed standard, should, as a matter of prudence,
                                                  of any change in the issuing corporation’s credit        include the reports or advice of independent third        27 This figure is based on review of financial

                                                  quality or the credit quality of the obligation during   parties, including, where appropriate, such             statement data for companies in PBGC databases
                                                  such period (determined on the basis of widely           commercial paper’s credit rating.’’                     that could meet the commercial measures criterion.



                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:20 Sep 10, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00009   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\11SER3.SGM     11SER3


                                                  54988            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 176 / Friday, September 11, 2015 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  reflect the financial risk profile of a                 because such an occurrence can cause                  rule includes a modification of the
                                                  company because, for example,                           significant financial challenges to a                 missed contribution event (which is the
                                                  accounting losses, such as non-cash                     company and raise concerns about its                  basis for the operation of this criterion)
                                                  adjustments, could create negative net                  ability to meet future pension and other              to excuse a missed timely funding
                                                  income for purposes of financial                        financial obligations. Similarly, PBGC                balance election. PBGC did not make a
                                                  statements but not reflect the health of                believes that it would be inappropriate               similar change with respect to a
                                                  business operations. One of these                       to provide an exclusion for companies                 mandatory reduction of a funding
                                                  commenters suggested that if the                        in cyclical industries because a                      standard carryover balance or
                                                  positive net income criterion were                      company at a low point in its income                  prefunding balance. The commenter
                                                  retained, PBGC should consider                          cycle may for just that reason be                     who raised this issue acknowledged that
                                                  adjustments to reflect these unusual                    vulnerable to an event that would cause               such a situation should be a reportable
                                                  charges.                                                concern about meeting its pension                     event but expressed concern that a
                                                     PBGC did not revise this criterion in                obligations. Alerting PBGC to the                     company should not be deprived of
                                                  the final rule in response to the                       possibility that a company may not be                 qualifying for the safe harbor for this
                                                  commenters’ concerns about non-cash                     able to meet such obligations is exactly              reason alone. With the changes in the
                                                  accounting losses. Net income measures                  what the reportable events regulation is              final rule that allow for more flexibility
                                                  the economic value a company creates                    intended to do, regardless of what                    in meeting the low-default-risk safe
                                                  over the measurement period, and a lack                 caused the default risk to rise. In any               harbor, a company that experiences a
                                                  of net income is one indication of risk                 event, such a company might still be                  mandatory reduction in its funding
                                                  that a company may lack the resources                   able to avail itself of the safe harbor by            balance can still qualify for the safe
                                                  to fulfill its obligations. Because non-                choosing another way of meeting the                   harbor by meeting another criterion.
                                                  cash losses (as well as non-cash gains)                 low-default-risk standard.                               One of these commenters also
                                                  are components of such economic value,                     One commenter objected to the                      requested that PBGC clarify that late
                                                  PBGC considers it appropriate not to                    application of the criterion to non-                  contribution reporting under section
                                                  exclude non-cash charges from the net-                  profits as inconsistent with the nature of            303(k) (for amounts over $1 million)
                                                  income criterion.                                       non-profit organizations. PBGC                        would not be considered when making
                                                     The description of the net-income                    disagrees. A non-profit may have                      the determination of whether the
                                                  criterion in the 2013 proposal indicated                positive net income that does not                     criterion was met. PBGC declined to
                                                  that net income was to be measured                      jeopardize its non-profit status, so long             make this change. Having unpaid
                                                  under generally accepted accounting                     as the income is related to the non-                  contributions exceeding $1 million is
                                                  principles (GAAP) or International                      profit’s purpose and is not distributed to            too serious a deficit to ignore and in
                                                  Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)                    the non-profit’s officers, directors, or              PBGC’s view, not consistent with
                                                  standards. PBGC included GAAP and                       others connected to the non-profit. In                adequate capacity to meet one’s
                                                  IFRS in the 2013 proposal to provide                    fact, many large non-profits with                     obligations.
                                                  rigorous and widely-used accounting                     defined benefit plans, such as certain                   One commenter asked that PBGC
                                                  standards for determining net income                    hospital systems, have substantial net                make an exception to the no-loan-
                                                  and because some companies may need                     income. Thus, PBGC does not view this                 default criterion to excuse ‘‘meaningless
                                                  to comply with IFRS as a result of the                  criterion to be inconsistent with non-                technical defaults’’ that are not
                                                  international scope of their operations.                profit operating realities.                           indicative of any financial challenges.
                                                  One commenter stated that because                                                                             As explained in detail in the Loan
                                                  GAAP and IFRS are not compatible                        Criteria Related to Loan Defaults and                 Default section, the final rule
                                                  standards, two similarly situated                       Missed Contributions                                  distinguishes between events of default
                                                  companies might have different                            The 2013 proposal contained two                     (which can lead to substantial
                                                  reporting requirements. PBGC has                        other financial soundness safe harbor                 contractual remedies for a lender to
                                                  addressed this concern by eliminating                   criteria, which were intended to                      protect its investment) and other
                                                  the references to GAAP and IFRS in the                  supplement and confirm the general                    circumstances (which may be violations
                                                  final rule.                                             picture of financial soundness painted                of an agreement but do not trigger such
                                                     Another commenter said that a                        by the satisfaction of the credit report              remedies).
                                                  company might not know net income                       test. These criteria were:                            New Criteria—Ratios of Total-Debt-to-
                                                  for the prior fiscal year when an event                   • For the past two years, the company
                                                  occurs, making it impossible to                                                                               EBITDA and Retained-Earnings-to-
                                                                                                          had no missed contribution events,
                                                  determine whether the safe harbor was                                                                         Total-Assets
                                                                                                          unless reporting was waived.
                                                  available. The final rule addresses this                  • For the past two years, the company                  In addition to giving companies the
                                                  concern by providing that the low-                      had no loan default events, whether or                ability to satisfy the low-default-risk
                                                  default-risk safe harbor is satisfied on a              not reporting was waived.                             safe harbor by various combinations of
                                                  financial information date (discussed                     Two commenters urged PBGC to                        criteria, the final rule includes two
                                                  above) rather than on a date an event                   disregard for purposes of the missed                  additional criteria available for
                                                  occurs.                                                 contribution criterion a missed                       companies to use. Both of these new
                                                     One commenter said that the net-                     contribution that occurred because of a               criteria are financial metrics that are
                                                  income criterion was unfair because it                  missed or untimely funding balance                    easily derived from standard financial
                                                  could not be satisfied by financially                   election or because of a mandatory                    information.
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  healthy companies in cyclical industries                reduction of a funding standard                          One of these criteria is based on the
                                                  or companies that experience rare and                   carryover balance or prefunding                       ratio of total-debt-to-EBITDA. This ratio
                                                  significantly adverse events, such as a                 balance. The latter can retroactively                 is commonly referred to as a leverage
                                                  natural disaster. As also explained in                  create a late quarterly contribution that             ratio and is used to assess a company’s
                                                  Active Participant Reduction below,                     may not be known of by the reporting                  ability to meet its debt obligations.
                                                  PBGC is not making special exceptions                   deadline.                                             Companies with a ratio of total-debt-to-
                                                  from the reporting obligations due to a                   As discussed in the Missed                          EBITDA of 3.0 or less correspond fairly
                                                  natural disaster or other unusual event                 Contributions section below, the final                closely with those that would satisfy the


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:20 Sep 10, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00010   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\11SER3.SGM   11SER3


                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 176 / Friday, September 11, 2015 / Rules and Regulations                                         54989

                                                  commercial measures criterion.28 Thus,                    calculations. Thus, PBGC proposed both                 liabilities are counted. Thus, PBGC
                                                  for the debt-to-EBITDA criterion to be                    ways of meeting the safe harbor. To                    anticipates that it will not receive some
                                                  satisfied, a company must have a ratio                    compensate for the different                           potentially useful reports. However,
                                                  of total-debt-to-EBITDA of 3.0 or less.                   assumptions and timing that generally                  PBGC accepts this trade-off in the
                                                     The other new criterion is based on                    make termination liability higher than                 interest of addressing sponsor and plan
                                                  the ratio of retained-earnings-to-total-                  on-going plan liability, the 2013                      concerns.
                                                  assets. To satisfy this criterion, a                      proposal included a 20-percent cushion                    The 2013 proposal looked to the VRP
                                                  company must have a ratio of retained-                    to make those two measures more nearly                 data for the year before the event year
                                                  earnings-to-total-assets of 0.25 (one-to-                 equivalent.                                            to determine whether a plan qualified
                                                  four) or more. PBGC included this safe                       Nine commenters on the 2013                         for the safe harbor. One commenter
                                                  harbor criterion because it shows how                     proposal criticized the plan financial                 suggested that PBGC allow plans that
                                                  much of a company’s assets have been                      soundness safe harbor because the                      did not meet the test with prior year
                                                  financed with the company’s profits. In                   required funding ratios were                           premium information to meet the test
                                                  PBGC’s experience, companies with                         unrealistically high. The commenters                   based on current year premium
                                                  high retained earnings tend to have                       also generally opposed basing a safe                   information, if available by the date an
                                                  higher profitability and/or a longer                      harbor on termination-basis liability                  event occurs. Under this approach, a
                                                  operating history that enables the                        since few plans ordinarily make that                   calendar-year plan with a reportable
                                                  accumulation of retained earnings—                        determination. Three commenters also                   event in November 2014 could
                                                  qualities that indicate the ability to meet               said that funding at 100 percent of                    determine its eligibility for the waiver
                                                  financial obligations. Analysis of                        termination liability could create a risk              based on its 2014 VRP filing, instead of
                                                  information available to PBGC suggests                    of excise tax liability.                               its 2013 VRP filing.
                                                  that companies that would meet the                           After consideration of the comments,                   After consideration of the comment,
                                                  commercial measures criterion have an                     PBGC is persuaded that a well-funded                   PBGC is not accepting this suggestion.
                                                  average ratio of retained-earnings-to-                    plan safe harbor based on termination-                 PBGC does not want to lose reports from
                                                  total-assets of at least 0.25.                            basis liability would be unnecessarily                 plans when funding improves without
                                                                                                            burdensome for most plans—especially                   gaining reports from plans whose
                                                  Well-Funded Plan Safe Harbor
                                                                                                            if the threshold remained at 100                       funding deteriorates. Yet PBGC does not
                                                     The old regulation had waivers based                   percent—and would give reporting                       want to require all plans to reassess
                                                  on several different measures of funded                   relief to few plans. Thus, the final rule              qualification for the safe harbor when
                                                  status, sometimes combined with other                     eliminates the test for the well-funded                VRP data become available. Basing the
                                                  factors such as public company status.                                                                           safe harbor on prior year premium
                                                                                                            plan safe harbor based on termination-
                                                  The 2013 proposal also used plan                                                                                 information keeps the safe harbor
                                                                                                            basis liability.
                                                  funding as a basis for relief from filing                    PBGC is also persuaded that a well-                 simple and predictable; plans will know
                                                  requirements, but with two different                      funded plan safe harbor based on 120                   for certain prior to year-end whether
                                                  measures, both of which were to apply                     percent funding on a premium basis is                  they will qualify for the safe harbor for
                                                  to the same five events as the company                    not helpful to most plans since plans are              the entire next plan year.
                                                  risk-based safe harbor (active participant                not likely to fund that high, despite                     The 2013 proposal gave small plans a
                                                  reductions, substantial owner                             PBGC’s belief that such a level of                     filing extension—for events to which
                                                  distributions, controlled group changes,                  funding would better reflect the risk to               this plan financial soundness safe
                                                  extraordinary dividends, and benefit                      the pension insurance system. After                    harbor applied—until one month after
                                                  liabilities transfers). Reporting was to be               considering various levels of funding as               the prior year’s premium filing due date
                                                  waived if the plan was either fully                       suggested by commenters, PBGC                          (i.e., five months after the end of the
                                                  funded on a termination basis or 120                      concluded that 100 percent funding—                    prior year). PBGC’s recent final rule on
                                                  percent funded on a premium basis                         meaning a plan would pay no variable-                  premiums (see 79 FR 13547, March 11,
                                                  (determined, in either case, using prior-                 rate-premium (VRP)—is a realistic and                  2014), which advances the small-plan
                                                  year data).                                               reasonable goal and strikes an                         premium due date 61⁄2 months, makes
                                                     In the preamble to the 2013 proposal,                                                                         this extension unnecessary, and thus it
                                                                                                            appropriate balance between the burden
                                                  PBGC explained that from its                                                                                     is not included in the final reportable
                                                                                                            of reporting and PBGC’s need for
                                                  perspective, it is more appropriate to                                                                           events regulation.
                                                                                                            information to protect the pension
                                                  measure plan funding levels using
                                                                                                            insurance system. Thus, the well-                      Small-Plan Waivers
                                                  termination-basis assumptions than
                                                                                                            funded plan safe harbor in the final rule
                                                  ongoing-plan assumptions because                                                                                    The 2013 proposal included small-
                                                                                                            applies if the plan owed no VRP for the
                                                  termination liability is a better measure                                                                        plan waivers for five events, as
                                                                                                            plan year preceding the event year.30
                                                  of the financial impact of plan                                                                                  compared to two events under the old
                                                                                                            Plans exempt from the VRP (e.g., certain
                                                  termination on PBGC and                                                                                          regulation. One commenter specifically
                                                                                                            new plans) will qualify for the safe
                                                  participants.29 However, PBGC was                                                                                commended PBGC for expanding the
                                                                                                            harbor regardless of their funding
                                                  aware that for plans, measuring funding                                                                          availability of small plan waivers. The
                                                                                                            percentage.
                                                  on an ongoing-plan basis is more                                                                                 final rule changes the small-plan
                                                                                                               This safe harbor is less protective of
                                                  common because variable-rate                                                                                     category from fewer than 100
                                                                                                            the pension insurance system because,
                                                  premiums, required contributions,                                                                                participants to 100 participants or fewer
                                                                                                            among other reasons, liabilities
                                                  benefit restrictions, and annual funding                                                                         for consistency with PBGC’s recent
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                                                                            measured on an on-going basis are
                                                  notices are all based on ongoing-plan                                                                            premium final rule. Otherwise, the
                                                                                                            generally lower than liabilities
                                                                                                                                                                   small-plan waiver is unchanged from
                                                                                                            measured on a termination basis, and
                                                     28 See e.g., Table 3 in http://www.standardand
                                                                                                                                                                   the 2013 proposal.
                                                  poors.com/ratings/articles/en/us/?articleType=            for premium purposes, only vested
                                                  HTML&assetID=1245329097686.                                                                                      Public Company Waiver
                                                     29 To underscore this point, PBGC is required            30 This safe harbor essentially restores a similar
                                                  under accounting rules to identify contingent             waiver under the old regulation, which waived
                                                                                                                                                                     The old regulation contained a
                                                  liabilities on PBGC’s financial statements in this        notice for six events if no VRP was required to be     limited public company waiver for
                                                  manner.                                                   paid for the plan for the event year.                  reporting controlled group change and


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:20 Sep 10, 2015   Jkt 235001     PO 00000   Frm 00011   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\11SER3.SGM   11SER3


                                                  54990            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 176 / Friday, September 11, 2015 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  liquidation events. Reporting of these                  PBGC with respect to these events                        their very nature and thus, timely and
                                                  events was waived if the plan’s                         because they are either required to be                   complete information on them is
                                                  contributing sponsor before the effective               reported under a specific Form 8–K item                  particularly important.
                                                  date of the transaction was a public                    or because they are material information                   There is no need for a public
                                                  company and the fair market value of                    for investors.33                                         company waiver for the insolvency
                                                  the plan’s assets was at least 80 percent                  The public company waiver does not                    event in the final regulation
                                                  of the plan’s vested benefits amount. In                apply to other events because PBGC                       (Bankruptcy or Similar Settlements
                                                  the case of a liquidation event, the                    found that for those events SEC filings                  under the old regulation), since the new
                                                  waiver applied only if each plan                        would not necessarily provide adequate                   event description excludes Bankruptcy
                                                  maintained by the liquidating member                    and timely information. For instance,                    Code filings, and public company
                                                  was maintained by another member of                     SEC rules do not require specific                        insolvencies are handled through
                                                  the plan’s controlled group after the                   reporting of ERISA events, such as an                    proceedings under the Bankruptcy
                                                  liquidation. The old regulation also                    inability to pay benefits when due or a                  Code.
                                                  contained an extension for public                       missed contribution, on SEC Form 8–K                       The public company waiver’s
                                                  companies to report controlled group                    unless the events would be considered                    requirement of actual disclosure (and
                                                  change, liquidation, and extraordinary                  material to investor decisions,34 which                  not mere public company status) is
                                                  dividend events until 30 days after the                 often may not be the case for small                      consistent with the requirement of
                                                  earlier of the first Form 10–Q filing                   plans sponsored by large companies.                      actual disclosure for public company
                                                  deadline that occurred after the                        Yet these events may still pose a risk to                extensions under the old regulation.
                                                  transaction or the date when a press                    the plan and the pension insurance                       Such extensions are no longer necessary
                                                  release with respect to the transaction                 system.35                                                because all public companies will be
                                                  was issued.                                                Similarly, corporate events such as                   waived from reporting these events so
                                                     The 2013 proposal did not include a                  loan default and liquidation events may                  long as the event is actually disclosed.
                                                  reporting waiver for public companies.                  not be disclosed in SEC filings because
                                                  One commenter urged PBGC to exempt                      the information is not considered                        Foreign Entity and De Minimis Waivers
                                                  public company sponsors from                            material to investors (and thus not                         The old regulation provided reporting
                                                  reportable events requirements entirely.                required to be reported under SEC                        waivers for several events where the
                                                  This commenter asserted that because                    rules).36 Further, even if an event is                   entity or entities involved in the event
                                                  publicly-traded companies already                       disclosed in an SEC filing, the filing will              were foreign entities or represented a de
                                                  report significant events on their SEC                  likely not contain actuarial or other                    minimis percentage of a controlled
                                                  filings, there is no reason for them to                 important information that would be                      group.37 The 2013 proposal expanded
                                                  provide duplicative filings to PBGC.                    included in a reportable events notice.                  the availability of those waivers to five
                                                     In evaluating the commenter’s                        These kinds of events present a high                     events (extraordinary dividends,
                                                  suggestion, PBGC reviewed SEC                           risk to the pension insurance system by                  controlled group changes, insolvencies,
                                                  reporting requirements and reportable                                                                            liquidations, and loan defaults).38 The
                                                  event notices to determine the extent to                   33 Information about these events is often filed on
                                                                                                                                                                   final rule’s treatment of de minimis and
                                                  which PBGC could get timely and                         SEC Form 8–K under either Item 7.01 Regulation
                                                                                                          FD Disclosure or Item 8.01 (Other Events) rather         foreign-entity waivers is unchanged
                                                  relevant information from SEC filings                   than under one of the specified disclosure items on      from the 2013 proposal.
                                                  that could substitute for reportable                    SEC Form 8–K. Publicly-traded companies may also            With respect to de minimis waivers,
                                                  events filings.31 Based on this review,                 be subject to additional requirements to disclose        one commenter requested that PBGC
                                                  the final rule waives reporting where                   events such as dividend transactions that are
                                                                                                          fulfilled through filing an 8–K report. For example,     clarify whether an investment in a
                                                  any contributing sponsor of the affected                the New York Stock Exchange states that ‘‘a listed       subsidiary is included in tangible or
                                                  plan is a public company and the                        company is expected to release quickly to the            intangible assets, particularly in the case
                                                  contributing sponsor timely files a SEC                 public any news or information which might               of shell companies whose only asset is
                                                                                                          reasonably be expected to materially affect the
                                                  Form 8–K disclosing the event, except                   market for its securities’’ and includes dividend        the stock of a subsidiary, for purposes
                                                  where such disclosure is under a SEC                    announcements as an example of a news item that          of determining whether the entity is de
                                                  Form 8–K item relating primarily to                     should be handled on an immediate release basis          minimis. PBGC believes that treatment
                                                  results of operations or financial                      through SEC regulation FD disclosure. See Sections
                                                                                                          202.05 and 06 of the NYSE Listed Company
                                                                                                                                                                   of stock in a subsidiary should be
                                                  statements.32 This waiver applies to the                Manual. http://nysemanual.nyse.com/lcm/. PBGC            consistent with the regulatory and
                                                  same five events as the low-default-risk                anticipates that not all controlled group changes        accounting requirements sponsors
                                                  and well-funded plan safe harbors.                      will be reported on SEC Form 8–K. See e.g., Item         follow to prepare financial statements.
                                                  PBGC found that SEC filings provide                     2.01 (Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of
                                                  adequate and timely information to
                                                                                                          Assets). The requirement is only to disclose the         Controlled Group Situations
                                                                                                          completion of an acquisition or disposition of a
                                                                                                          significant amount of assets.                              One commenter raised concerns about
                                                     31 See http://www.sec.gov/about/forms/form8-            34 Although such events may be disclosed in           the difficulty in monitoring members of
                                                  k.pdf.                                                  quarterly or annual SEC reports in financial             complex controlled groups for
                                                     32 The exceptions for results of operations and      statements, the disclosure would not be timely or
                                                  financial statements fall under SEC Form 8–K Item       provide adequate information for PBGC purposes.
                                                                                                                                                                   reportable events, particularly for the
                                                  2.02 (Results of Operations and Financial                  35 For instance, in one case, a company did not
                                                                                                                                                                     37 Both types of waiver apply to controlled group
                                                  Condition) and Item 9.01 (Financial Statements and      report the shutdown of one of its facilities in a
                                                  Exhibits). The final rule’s public company waiver       March 2008 SEC filing. PBGC discovered the               change, liquidation, and extraordinary dividend;
                                                  includes these exceptions because disclosure of a       shutdown through a Form 10 filing and negotiated         the foreign entity waiver also applies to loan default
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  reportable event under these items may be               a settlement under ERISA section 4062(e) that            and bankruptcy. The foreign entity waiver is
                                                  incidental to the event that requires SEC disclosure.   resulted in a $400,000 contribution into the plan        limited to entities that are not direct or indirect
                                                  For example, the release of results of operations       before the company filed bankruptcy and                  parents of contributing sponsors; discussion of the
                                                  may include a reference to a reportable event in the    terminated the pension plan.                             foreign-entity waiver in this preamble should be
                                                  context of the overall business activities during a        36 SEC Form 8–K’s Item 2.04 (Triggering Events        understood to incorporate this limitation.
                                                  fiscal quarter. In such a case, PBGC believes the       That Accelerate or Increase a Direct Financial             38 The waiver would use the ten percent standard

                                                  SEC disclosure often may be a passing reference         Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance         for de minimis segments. For liquidation, loan
                                                  with little information about the reportable event      Sheet Arrangement) requirement is only triggered if      default, and insolvency, the de minimis waiver is
                                                  and likely made long after the event may have           the consequences of the event are material to the        available only if the entity involved in the event
                                                  occurred.                                               registrant.                                              was not a contributing sponsor.



                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:20 Sep 10, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00012   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\11SER3.SGM     11SER3


                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 176 / Friday, September 11, 2015 / Rules and Regulations                                                 54991

                                                  five reportable events that involve                     threshold. Thus, PBGC determined that                  and could force the borrower to accept
                                                  reporting at the controlled group level                 no further changes in the final                        unfavorable terms.
                                                  rather than the plan level: Controlled                  regulation were necessary to address                      Two commenters urged PBGC to
                                                  group changes, liquidation, loan                        concerns about controlled group                        retain the old reportable events
                                                  defaults, extraordinary dividends, and                  monitoring.                                            regulation because companies have
                                                  insolvency events. The commenter                                                                               taken the regulation’s provisions into
                                                                                                          Effect of Proposal on Loan Agreements                  account in contracting with not only
                                                  stated that complicated controlled group
                                                  situations require significant                             As discussed in the 2013 proposal,                  lenders but also with employee benefit
                                                  coordination across plan sponsors and                   PBGC reviewed loan agreements to                       plan investors (who invest in swaps and
                                                  controlled group members to gather                      better understand the concerns of                      futures agreements).41 However, the old
                                                  information and test the various                        commenters on the 2009 proposal about                  regulation has been unchanged since
                                                  reporting waivers. Some commenters                      the effect of the proposal on loan                     1997, when the economy, defined
                                                  suggested that the proposal was unclear                 agreements.39 Based on this review,                    benefit pension plans and the pension
                                                  about whether the sponsor safe harbor                   PBGC concluded that the elimination of                 insurance program looked very different
                                                  tests had to be met by all controlled                   reporting waivers would not adversely                  than they do today. Based on more than
                                                  group members.                                          affect most plan sponsors with loan                    15 years of experience with the old
                                                     Similar issues existed under the old                 agreements. Further, PBGC was not                      regulation, PBGC has found that the
                                                  regulation. Nonetheless, the final rule                 aware of any instance where filing                     regulation is not effective in providing
                                                  makes changes from the proposal to                      notice of a reportable event caused a                  timely reports for plans that pose the
                                                  addresses these concerns and minimizes                  lender to declare a default. PBGC                      most risk to the pension insurance
                                                  burden for plans that experience events                 believes that if a lender were to declare              system.
                                                  involving controlled groups in a number                 a default it would be because the                         Moreover, reportable events notices
                                                  of ways. The final rule:                                underlying event indicated a                           are designed to give PBGC notices of
                                                     • Includes public company waivers                    deterioration in the debtor’s financial                events that could impair the payment of
                                                  for five events.                                        situation.                                             a debt (i.e., a pension obligation). If a
                                                     • Clarifies that the company low-                       PBGC sought further feedback from                   lender invokes a material adverse effect
                                                  default-risk safe harbor (which also                    the public on this issue in the 2013                   clause as a result of a reportable event,
                                                  applies to controlled group changes and                 proposal and asked that commenters                     it is because the lender has concerns
                                                  extraordinary dividends) requires                       provide copies of relevant loan                        that the event will impair the company’s
                                                  satisfaction by a contributing sponsor                  agreements and information about the                   ability to pay on the loan, not because
                                                  and the highest level U.S. parent of the                number and circumstances of plan                       the event is reported to PBGC. In other
                                                  contributing sponsor, not by the whole                  sponsors that have experienced default                 words, a company’s lender’s concerns in
                                                  controlled group or by the contributing                 or suffered other adverse consequences                 this regard and PBGC’s concerns are
                                                  sponsor or highest level U.S. parent                    related to loan agreements as a result of              likely to be congruent.
                                                  alone.                                                  a reportable event. No such                               Although PBGC’s understanding of
                                                     • Provides that satisfaction of the                  documentation was received.                            the impact of the regulation on loan
                                                  low-default-risk safe harbor is based on                   One commenter on the 2013 proposal                  agreements has not changed, PBGC
                                                  a single point in time during an annual                 said that since the 2009 proposal, many                believes that the changes made in this
                                                  financial cycle rather than                             companies already have renegotiated                    final rule should assuage commenters’
                                                  determination after each of one or more                 agreements to provide that the                         concerns in this area. The final rule
                                                  events during a year.                                   occurrence of a reportable event that is               provides more waivers than under the
                                                     Besides those changes in the final                   not automatically waived is an event of                2013 proposal. PBGC anticipates that
                                                  rule, the exclusion of proceedings under                default only if the event could result in              about 94 percent of plans covered by
                                                  the Bankruptcy Code from the                            a certain amount of financial liability or             PBGC will qualify for at least one waiver
                                                  insolvency event description in the final               could have a material adverse effect on                under the active participant reduction,
                                                  rule (as in the 2013 proposal) will                     the borrower. But the commenter went                   controlled group change, extraordinary
                                                  obviate most reporting of insolvency                    on to say that a material adverse effect               dividend, benefit liability transfer, and
                                                  cases that involve controlled groups,                   clause does not provide clarity as to                  substantial owner distribution event
                                                  since most such companies will go                       when the clause actually has been or                   provisions. Along with missed
                                                  through federal bankruptcy proceedings                  could be triggered. A second                           contribution events (which PBGC does
                                                  in the event of insolvency.                             commenter, while agreeing with PBGC                    not expect to be reported in greater
                                                     The final regulation (like the                       that in most cases, a non-waived                       numbers under the final rule), these five
                                                  proposal) provides relief from                          reportable event will not result in an                 events accounted for over 90% of filings
                                                  monitoring smaller controlled group                     automatic default, said it is the creditor             between 2012 and 2014. Thus, with
                                                  members (through the de minimis 10-                     who determines whether the event                       more waivers covering the most
                                                  percent segment waivers) and all foreign                results in material adverse effect.40 Both             common events, sponsors will be better
                                                  controlled group members that are not                   commenters suggested that lenders may                  off under the new regulation than under
                                                  parent entities. The inclusion of a small-              try to renegotiate agreements under the                the old regulation, and PBGC expects an
                                                  plan waiver for the controlled group                    pretext that a reportable event had                    overall net reduction in reporting under
                                                  change event also provides relief in this               resulted in (or could have) a material                 the final rule (see discussion in
                                                  regard. PBGC believes these exceptions                  adverse effect on the borrower, which                  Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 and
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  will alleviate the need to monitor the                  would be time consuming and costly                     Paperwork Reduction Act), and an
                                                  controlled group members that are
                                                  potentially the most difficult to track. In               39 See 78 FR 20047–8.                                   41 This commenter also stated at the hearing that

                                                  addition, PBGC expects that many                          40 This commenter suggested that the preamble to     one of its members would have faced bankruptcy
                                                  smaller controlled group members                        the 2013 proposal downplayed the significance of       proceedings unless it was able to renegotiate its
                                                                                                          reportable events on loan covenants and loan           credit agreement to include a material adverse effect
                                                  typically will not undergo loan default                 defaults. The commenter estimates that five to ten     clause to a provision that required the absence of
                                                  events because their debt levels will not               percent of its time is spent monitoring and revising   a reportable events filing. The commenter indicated
                                                  meet the $10 million reporting                          corporate events to avoid reporting.                   that the sponsor was successful in this effort.



                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:20 Sep 10, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00013   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\11SER3.SGM   11SER3


                                                  54992            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 176 / Friday, September 11, 2015 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  increase in the reporting of events that                reasoned that quick drops in the number                  One commenter asked for a waiver or
                                                  are a true concern to the pension                       of active participants should be easy to              extension of the requirement to report
                                                  insurance system. In addition, the                      spot without exercising unusual                       active participant reductions caused by
                                                  deferral of the applicability date for the              vigilance.                                            natural disasters. The issue here would
                                                  final regulation should give plan                          Under the 2013 proposal, a ‘‘quick’’               appear to apply equally to all reportable
                                                  sponsors time to consult with loan                      active participant reduction event                    events, but even limiting the proposal to
                                                  providers about appropriate                             would occur when the reporting                        the active participant reduction event,
                                                  amendments to loan agreements, which,                   threshold was crossed either within a                 PBGC is concerned that the occurrence
                                                  as mentioned by the commenter referred                  single 30-day period (a short-period                  of a disaster may increase, rather than
                                                  to above, companies appear already to                   event) or as a result of a single cause (a            obviate, the importance of timely
                                                  be doing.42                                             single-cause event), such as the                      reporting because a natural disaster may
                                                                                                          discontinuance of an operation, a                     have a lasting negative impact on the
                                                  Descriptions of Events Under the Final                  natural disaster, a reorganization, a mass            ability of a business to continue
                                                  Rule                                                    layoff, or an early retirement incentive              operating. Thus, PBGC is providing no
                                                    The next sections of the preamble                     program. An attrition event would occur               special rules for disasters in the final
                                                  address specific event descriptions,                    if the active participant count at the end            rule. Note, however, that in appropriate
                                                  which can impact reporting                              of a plan year fell below one of the                  cases, PBGC issues disaster relief
                                                  requirements in much the same way as                    percentage thresholds. A 120-day                      notices that provide temporary relief
                                                  waivers. The final rule follows the 2013                reporting extension beyond the end of                 from reporting requirements.43 Case-by-
                                                  proposal that reporting of an insolvency                the year would provide time to count                  case waivers and extensions are also
                                                  event is required only when a member                    active participants.                                  available.
                                                  of a plan’s controlled group is involved                   The final rule generally tracks the                   One commenter wanted PBGC to
                                                  in insolvency proceedings that are not                  2013 proposal but eliminates the short-               waive reporting of active participant
                                                  under the federal Bankruptcy Code) and                  period event (as one commenter                        reductions due to spinoffs within a
                                                  makes no changes in event descriptions                  requested), lengthens the reporting                   controlled group. PBGC sees no more
                                                  that were not addressed in the 2013                     extension for attrition events, and makes             reason to waive reporting where there is
                                                  proposal.                                               some minor editorial changes for                      an intra-group spinoff than where there
                                                                                                          clarification. PBGC concluded that the                is no spinoff. The loss of active
                                                  Active Participant Reduction
                                                                                                          burden of monitoring for short-period                 participants is of concern itself,
                                                     Under ERISA section 4043(c)(3), in                   events would outweigh the value of                    regardless of cause. Further, such a
                                                  general, a reportable active participant                short-period event reports, since most                spin-off may be a precursor to the
                                                  reduction occurs when the number of                     short-period events would likely also be              transfer of benefit liabilities outside the
                                                  active participants is reduced below 80                 either single-cause events or eventually              controlled group. Accordingly, no such
                                                  percent of the number at the beginning                  captured in an attrition-event filing. In             waiver is provided in the final rule,
                                                  of the year or below 75 percent of the                  addition, PBGC decided to extend the                  though case-by-case waivers are
                                                  number at the beginning of the prior                    reporting deadline for attrition events               available.
                                                  year.                                                   until the premium due date for the plan                  Finally, this commenter also
                                                     Creeping losses of active participants               year following the event year.                        questioned the utility of reports of
                                                  may cross the two percentage thresholds                    Two commenters requested                           active participant reduction events,
                                                  at different times in one year. The 2009                reinstatement of the waiver of reporting              suggesting that PBGC is unaffected by
                                                  proposal added a reporting waiver to                    more than once a year from the 2009                   active participant reductions and takes
                                                  limit reporting to once a year on the                   proposal, or clarification of when more               no action on a report of such an event
                                                  premise that PBGC would monitor for at                  frequent reporting would be required.                 unless accompanied by some other
                                                  least a year any plan that reported an                  As explained above, the ‘‘once-a-year’’               event. PBGC disagrees with this
                                                  active participant reduction.                           waiver is no longer necessary for                     assessment. Notices of active participant
                                                     The 2013 proposal introduced a new                   creeping active participant losses                    reductions (which often result from
                                                  approach to reporting active participant                because the attrition event can arise                 business restructurings) give PBGC a
                                                  reductions. It distinguished between                    only once a year. And after                           chance to intervene to protect plan
                                                  rapid reductions—which would have to                    consideration, PBGC has concluded that                assets when a restructuring fails and
                                                  be reported immediately—and slower                      it cannot adequately monitor plans for                plan termination becomes a significant
                                                  reductions attributable to attrition—                   multiple rapid active participant                     possibility.
                                                  which would have to be tested for and                   reduction events in the same year.
                                                  reported only once a year. This                         Further, two or more distinct events in               Missed Contributions
                                                  approach addressed a comment on the                     the same year could signal extreme                      Under the old regulation (§ 4043.25),
                                                  2009 proposal requesting relief from the                financial distress that merit timely                  a missed contribution event occurs
                                                  need to monitor constantly for creeping                 reporting to PBGC. Thus the ‘‘once-a-                 when a plan sponsor fails to make any
                                                  active participant reductions that might                year’’ waiver is not in the final rule.               required plan contribution by its due
                                                  exceed one of the percentage thresholds.                   Two commenters suggested                           date.
                                                  Because the attrition event can occur                   exempting frozen plans from the active                  The final rule (like the 2009 and 2013
                                                  only once a year, PBGC eliminated the                   participant reduction event or waiving                proposals) clarifies the language in
                                                  2009 proposal’s waiver from reporting                   reporting unless plan liabilities                     § 4043.25. This reportable event does
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  subsequent active participant reduction                 increased (as from a triggering of shut-              not apply only to contributions required
                                                  event notices after the first such event                down benefits). PBGC has not adopted                  by statute,44 but also to contributions
                                                  in the same year was reported. PBGC                     these suggestions. Although the active
                                                                                                          participant reduction event may be                      43 See PBGC guidance on disaster relief at http://
                                                    42 When  credit and investment agreements are         more easily triggered for a frozen plan,              www.pbgc.gov/res/other-guidance/dr.html.
                                                  renegotiated, borrowers might be able to address                                                                44 Such required contributions include quarterly

                                                  uncertainty raised by having material adverse effect
                                                                                                          such plans can pose just as much risk                 contributions under ERISA section 303(j)(3) and
                                                  clauses by negotiating a dollar figure threshold that   to the pension insurance system as                    Code section 430(j)(3), liquidity shortfall
                                                  would trigger an event of default.                      plans that are not frozen.                            contributions under ERISA section 303(j)(4) and



                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:20 Sep 10, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00014   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\11SER3.SGM   11SER3


                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 176 / Friday, September 11, 2015 / Rules and Regulations                                                54993

                                                  required as a condition of a funding                    Distribution to Substantial Owner                     insurance system and urged PBGC to
                                                  waiver that do not fall within the                        Under the old regulation,                           restore the funding and public company
                                                  statutory provisions on waiver                          distributions to substantial owners                   waivers that applied under the old
                                                  amortization charges.45 The final rule                  generally were required to be reported if             regulation. PBGC has addressed this
                                                  (like the 2013 proposal) includes                       the total distributions to an owner                   concern with the final rule’s inclusion
                                                  waivers for this event for a missed                     exceeded $10,000 in a year, unless the                of the small plan and public company
                                                  contribution made up within 30 days                     plan was fully funded for nonforfeitable              waivers, without regard to plan funding
                                                  after its due date and for small plans                  benefits. The 2013 proposal limited the               status. See the discussion above in the
                                                  that miss quarterly contributions.                                                                            sections Public Company Waiver and
                                                                                                          event to circumstances where the
                                                     One commenter suggested that PBGC                                                                          Controlled Group Situations.
                                                                                                          distributions to one substantial owner
                                                  add a waiver for contributions missed                                                                            The 2013 proposal deleted the
                                                                                                          exceeded one percent of plan assets or                example in § 4043.29(e)(3) of the old
                                                  solely because of a failure to timely                   the distributions to all substantial
                                                  make a funding balance election. The                                                                          regulation that indicated that a
                                                                                                          owners exceeded five percent of plan                  reportable event occurred when a
                                                  final rule adds a waiver for a missed                   assets. In addition, PBGC proposed to
                                                  contribution where the failure to timely                                                                      member of a controlled group ceased to
                                                                                                          limit reporting for a distribution in the             exist upon being merged into another
                                                  make the contribution is due solely to                  form of an annuity to one notice, which
                                                  the plan sponsor’s failure to timely                                                                          member in the course of a
                                                                                                          would satisfy all future reporting                    reorganization. However, this point was
                                                  make a funding balance election.                        requirements for the annuity so long as               not made clearly by the language in
                                                     The final rule also clarifies a technical            the annuity did not increase. Once                    § 4043.29(a) describing the event. The
                                                  point from the 2013 proposal. The                       notified that an annuity was being paid               final rule adds language further
                                                  requirement to submit a reportable                      to a substantial owner, PBGC would                    clarifying that a controlled group
                                                  event notice for a missed contribution is               need no further notices that the annuity              member’s ceasing to exist because of a
                                                  satisfied by submission of Form 200 for                 was continuing to be paid.                            merger into another member of the
                                                  the same event. However, reliance on                      One commenter asked PBGC to
                                                                                                                                                                group is not a reportable event.
                                                  Form 200 to satisfy the reportable event                exclude from reporting payments made                     Like the 2013 proposal, the final rule
                                                  filing requirement does not transform                   to comply with the minimum required                   provides that whether an agreement is
                                                  Form 200 into a reportable event notice.                distribution rules of Code section                    legally binding is to be determined
                                                  Thus, the final rule makes clear that a                 401(a)(9), which might involve an                     without reference to any conditions in
                                                  Form 200 filing is not protected by the                 increasing annuity if the substantial                 the agreement. For this purpose, a
                                                  non-disclosure provisions of ERISA                      owner were still working and accruing                 legally binding agreement means an
                                                  section 4043(f).                                        benefits but required to take minimum                 agreement that provides for obligations
                                                                                                          distributions. In response, the final rule            that are material to and enforceable by
                                                  Inability To Pay Benefits When Due
                                                                                                          provides that reporting for distributions             and against the parties to the agreement,
                                                     In general, a reportable event occurs                in the form of annuities is required only             regardless of whether any conditions of
                                                  when a plan fails to make a benefit                     once, without the limitation that the                 the agreement have been met or satisfied
                                                  payment timely or when a plan’s liquid                  annuity be non-increasing.                            (in other words, an agreement does not
                                                  assets fall below the level needed for                  Controlled Group Change                               fail to be legally binding solely because
                                                  paying benefits for six months. The old                                                                       it is subject to conditions that have not
                                                  regulation excuses failure to pay due to                   Under § 4043.29 (both in the old
                                                                                                                                                                been performed).46 Example 2 in the
                                                  inability to locate the payee or any other              regulation and the new regulation), a
                                                                                                                                                                regulatory text has been modified to
                                                  administrative delay of less than two                   reportable event occurs for a plan when
                                                                                                                                                                make clear when the filing is triggered.
                                                  months (or two benefit payment                          there is a transaction that results, or will
                                                                                                                                                                The provisions on controlled group
                                                  periods). In reviewing the proposed                     result, in one or more persons’ ceasing
                                                                                                                                                                change events are otherwise unchanged
                                                  rule, PBGC concluded that it would be                   to be members of a plan’s controlled
                                                                                                                                                                from the 2013 proposal.
                                                  unfair to require a plan to report an                   group. For this purpose, the term
                                                  inability to pay benefits when due                      ‘‘transaction’’ includes a written or                 Extraordinary Dividends
                                                  simply because (despite the diligence                   unwritten legally binding agreement to                   Under the old regulation, an
                                                  called for by the fiduciary standards) a                transfer ownership or an actual transfer              extraordinary dividend or stock
                                                  payee could not be located within the                   or change of ownership. (A transaction                redemption occurred when a member of
                                                  prescribed time limit. Accordingly, the                 is not reportable if it will result solely            a plan’s controlled group declared a
                                                  final rule clarifies that the time limit                in a reorganization involving a mere                  distribution (a dividend or stock
                                                  does not apply to delay in paying a                     change in identity, form, or place of                 redemption) that alone or in
                                                  missing payee. Other administrative                     organization, however effected.)                      combination with previous distributions
                                                  delays are excused only to the extent                      One commenter to the 2013 proposal                 exceeded a level specified in the
                                                  they do not exceed the prescribed time                  raised concerns that elimination of the               regulation. The 2013 proposal
                                                  limit.                                                  waivers for this event under the old                  eliminated much of the computational
                                                                                                          regulation (which the 2013 proposal                   detail that the old regulation prescribed
                                                  Code section 430(j)(4), and contributions to            replaced with other waivers) would                    for determining whether a reportable
                                                  amortize funding waivers under ERISA section            require significant monitoring of every               event had occurred by providing that
                                                  303(e) and Code section 430(e).                         transaction in which any controlled                   the computations be done in accordance
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                    45 Such ‘‘non-statutory’’ contributions are not
                                                                                                          group member engages throughout the                   with generally accepted accounting
                                                  taken into account under ERISA section 303(k) and
                                                  Code section 430(k), dealing with liens that arise
                                                                                                          year and analysis of each such                        principles.
                                                  because of large missed contributions, and are          transaction to determine whether                         Although PBGC did not receive
                                                  therefore disregarded under § 4043.81, which            reporting is required. This commenter                 comments on the 2013 proposal for this
                                                  implements those provisions. However, violating         further asserted that the 2013 proposal
                                                  the conditions of a funding waiver typically means                                                            event, PBGC decided to include in the
                                                  that contributions that were waived become
                                                                                                          would add significant administrative
                                                  retroactively due and unpaid and are counted for        burdens without a corresponding                         46 See similar language in SEC Form 8–K Item

                                                  purposes of § 4043.81.                                  increase in the security of the pension               1.01 used to define a material definitive agreement.



                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:20 Sep 10, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00015   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\11SER3.SGM   11SER3


                                                  54994            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 176 / Friday, September 11, 2015 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  final rule a waiver for public companies                 retirement security, including concerns                 for the pension insurance system.
                                                  from reporting extraordinary dividends                   that some of these transactions may                     Accordingly, in the 2013 proposal PBGC
                                                  and stock redemptions, as discussed                      leave a plan underfunded or effectively                 expanded the definition of the loan
                                                  above under Public Company Waiver.                       be part of a standard termination                       default event. Under the 2013 proposal,
                                                                                                           without meeting the applicable statutory                a reportable event would occur if a
                                                  Transfer of Benefit Liabilities
                                                                                                           and regulatory requirements (including                  member of a plan’s controlled group had
                                                     The reportable events regulation                      reporting to PBGC and disclosure to                     an outstanding loan balance of $10
                                                  requires reporting to PBGC when, in any                  participants). PBGC also recognizes that                million or more and—
                                                  12-month period, three percent or more                   such transactions may create burdens on                    • There was an acceleration of
                                                  of a plan’s benefit liabilities are                      individuals whose options to obtain                     payment or a default under the loan
                                                  transferred to a person outside the                      lifetime income in retirement are                       agreement, or
                                                  transferor plan’s controlled group or to                 limited or who may not have the                            • The lender waived or agreed to an
                                                  a plan or plans maintained by a person                   resources or experience to manage lump                  amendment of any covenant in the loan
                                                  or persons outside the transferor plan’s                 sum distributions in a way that                         agreement for the purpose of avoiding a
                                                  controlled group. Transfers of benefit                   replicates the professional investment                  default.
                                                  liabilities are of concern to PBGC                       management (with the associated                            These changes were to apply for both
                                                  because they may reduce the transferor                   fiduciary responsibilities) of defined                  post-event notices and advance notices.
                                                  plan’s funded percentage 47 and because                  benefit plan assets. PBGC notes,                           In the preamble to the 2013 proposal,
                                                  the transferee may be a higher default                   however, that few companies would be                    PBGC stated its belief that the reporting
                                                  risk than the transferor.                                subject to advance reporting of such                    requirement for loan defaults under the
                                                     Both the 2009 and 2013 proposals                      transactions, thus severely limiting the                proposed rule would be comparable to
                                                  clarified that satisfaction of a plan’s                  utility of such reporting, as compared to               what a typical creditor would require of
                                                  benefit liabilities through the payment                  its burden. Therefore, PBGC is not                      a borrower to monitor the ability of the
                                                  of a lump sum or the purchase of an                      adopting the commenter’s suggestion in                  borrower to meet its obligations under
                                                  irrevocable commitment to provide an                     this final rule. Accordingly, the final                 the loan agreement. PBGC sought the
                                                  annuity would not constitute a transfer                  rule retains the treatment of lump sum                  views of the public on specific issues
                                                  of benefit liabilities that must be                      distributions and annuity purchases                     dealing with loan defaults, including
                                                  reported under the regulation. In the                    from the proposals.                                     how PBGC might better replicate
                                                  preamble to the 2013 proposal (78 FR at                     Nevertheless, PBGC believes there are                reporting of information to creditors and
                                                  20050), PBGC stated it had concluded                     ways to address the commenter’s                         whether there is a category of
                                                  that such transfers need not be reported                 concerns. PBGC believes it has useful                   ‘‘technical’’ defaults that should not be
                                                  because the provisions in section 436 of                 tools to monitor and analyze trends                     reportable events.
                                                  the Code and section 206(g) of ERISA                     (e.g., Form 5500 and premium filings) as                   One commenter was concerned that
                                                  (as added by the Pension Protection Act                  well as tools to provide education and                  the proposal would require PBGC to
                                                  of 2006 (PPA)) prohibit or limit cashouts                outreach to participants, and is carefully              determine a plan sponsor’s intent
                                                  and annuitizations by significantly                      considering how best to do so.48                        behind a waiver or amendment and was
                                                  underfunded plans. In addition, since                                                                            not sure how such intent could be
                                                                                                           Loan Default                                            determined. To address this comment,
                                                  cashouts and annuitizations do not
                                                  involve benefit liabilities transferring to                Under the old regulation, a loan                      the final rule replaces words ‘‘for the
                                                  another plan, PBGC reasoned there                        default reportable event occurred, with                 purpose of avoiding a default’’ in the
                                                  would be no concern about a transferee                   respect to a loan with an outstanding                   2013 proposal with the words ‘‘the
                                                  plan’s financial health.                                 balance of $10 million or more to any                   effect of which is to cure or avoid a
                                                     One commenter on the 2013 proposal                    member of a plan’s controlled group,                    breach that would trigger a default.’’
                                                  opposed the exclusion of lump sums                       when a loan payment was more than 30                       This commenter also said that the
                                                  and annuity purchases from the                           days late (10 days in the case of advance               scope of the proposed expansion of the
                                                  reporting requirement. This commenter                    reporting), when the lender accelerated                 event definition was too broad,
                                                  suggested that cash-outs or                              the loan, or when there was a written                   especially for public companies that
                                                  annuitizations on a large scale,                         notice of default based on a drop in cash               might face SEC disclosure issues. The
                                                  sometimes referred to as de-risking or                   reserves, an unusual or catastrophic                    commenter urged PBGC to modify the
                                                  risk transfers, presage the decline of the               event, or the debtor’s persistent failure               proposal to require the reporting of an
                                                  defined benefit pension plan system.                     to meet agreed-on performance levels.                   amendment or waiver only to ‘‘material
                                                  This commenter stated PBGC could                           PBGC believes that the significance of                financial covenants,’’ and not all
                                                  gather information that might lead to                    both potential and actual loan defaults                 covenants (e.g., non-financial covenants
                                                  regulatory or statutory protection for                   on such large loans is so great that                    such as compliance with ERISA and
                                                  participants impacted by these types of                  reporting should not be restricted to the               similar laws). Another commenter, in
                                                  transactions. During the hearing on the                  current list of reporting triggers. Rather,             responding to the proposed loan default
                                                  2013 proposal, however, all of the co-                   PBGC believes that not only any default                 criterion of the sponsor financial
                                                  panelists of this commenter expressed                    on a loan of $10 million or more—even                   soundness safe harbor, was also
                                                  opposite views.                                          a default on a loan within a controlled                 concerned that the proposed rule’s
                                                     PBGC shares concerns about the                        group—but waivers and amendments of                     description of the loan default event
                                                  potential impact of cashouts and                         loan covenants that are made to avoid                   was too broad because so-called
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  annuitizations on a large scale on                       a default (to keep the loan arrangement                 meaningless ‘‘technical defaults’’ that
                                                                                                           functioning) may reflect financial                      are waived by a lender and are not
                                                     47 Under Code section 414(l), transfers of            difficulty and pose serious challenges                  indicative of financial stress would be
                                                  liabilities must be covered by assets. In most cases                                                             reported. Other than these comments,
                                                  of liabilities transfers, assets from the transferor       48 PBGC is requiring reporting of risk transfers on
                                                                                                                                                                   PBGC did not receive feedback on loan
                                                  plan also will be transferred to the transferee plan,    premium forms, starting with filings for plan years
                                                  which would reduce the amount of assets in the           beginning in 2015. See http://www.pbgc.gov/             default concerns.
                                                  transferor plan and may affect its funded                Documents/2015-Premium-Payment-                            After reviewing the comments and
                                                  percentage.                                              Instructions.pdf.                                       further analysis of typical loan


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014    17:20 Sep 10, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00016   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\11SER3.SGM   11SER3


                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 176 / Friday, September 11, 2015 / Rules and Regulations                                             54995

                                                  agreement provisions, PBGC has                          group listing and company financial                   10 days after proceedings begin). Thus,
                                                  decided to not make further changes to                  statements) otherwise required by the                 under the final rule, the due date for
                                                  the event description in response to                    Form 200 and instructions.                            these events is the same as for other
                                                  comments. Covenants that are tied to                                                                          reportable events subject to the advance-
                                                                                                          Other Topics Under the Final Rule
                                                  event-of-default triggers are put into                                                                        notice requirements (i.e., 30 days prior
                                                  loan agreements because lenders believe                 Advance Reporting                                     to the event).
                                                  that failure to comply with such                           In general, reportable events must be              Forms and Instructions
                                                  covenants is significant and serves as an               reported to PBGC within 30 days after
                                                  early indicator that a company may be                                                                            PBGC issues three reporting forms for
                                                                                                          they occur. But section 4043(b) of                    use under the reportable events
                                                  experiencing financial difficulties                     ERISA requires advance reporting by a
                                                  resulting in its inability to pay its debts                                                                   regulation. Form 10 is for post-event
                                                                                                          contributing sponsor for certain                      reporting under subpart B of the
                                                  on time and in full. Distinctions should                reportable events if a ‘‘threshold test’’ is
                                                  be made between a breach of any                                                                               regulation; Form 10-Advance is for
                                                                                                          met, unless the contributing sponsor or               advance reporting under subpart C of
                                                  covenant in a loan agreement and a
                                                                                                          controlled group member to which an                   the regulation; and Form 200 is for
                                                  breach of a particular covenant that
                                                                                                          event relates is a public company. The                reporting under subpart D of the
                                                  gives rise to a possible event-of-default
                                                                                                          advance reporting threshold test is                   regulation. Failure to report is subject to
                                                  trigger. The former may cover the kinds
                                                                                                          based on the aggregate funding level of               penalties under section 4071 of ERISA.
                                                  of minor loan agreement violations of
                                                                                                          plans maintained by the contributing                  The final rule eliminates some of the
                                                  the kind the commenter who asked that
                                                                                                          sponsor and members of the                            documentation that was required to be
                                                  ‘‘technical defaults’’ of loan agreements
                                                                                                          contributing sponsor’s controlled group.              submitted with notices of two reportable
                                                  be excluded from reporting under the
                                                                                                          The funding level criteria are expressed              events under the old regulation, but also
                                                  regulation. The latter are those types of
                                                                                                          by reference to calculated values that                requires that filers submit with notices
                                                  breaches (e.g., non-payment, failure to
                                                  meet a financial ratio, or failure to                   are used to determine VRPs under                      of most events some information that is
                                                  provide some important information)                     section 4006 of ERISA.                                typically requested by PBGC after
                                                                                                             PPA changed the plan funding rules                 notices are reviewed. The final rule also
                                                  that the parties to the loan agreement
                                                                                                          in Title I of ERISA and in the Code and               requires the use of prescribed reportable
                                                  have agreed are serious enough to
                                                                                                          amended the VRP provisions of section                 events forms and moves from the
                                                  undermine the loan agreement
                                                                                                          4006 of ERISA to conform to the                       regulation to the forms and instructions
                                                  arrangement. Under the final regulation,
                                                  PBGC will act as any another creditor                   changes in the funding rules. The final               the lists of information items that must
                                                  would by requiring reporting of all                     rule, like the prior proposals, conforms              be reported.
                                                  incidents within the expanded scope of                  the regulation to the changes made                       Three commenters expressed concern
                                                  the loan default event. If a sponsor                    under PPA.49                                          about moving the information
                                                                                                             The regulatory language under the                  requirements from the regulation to the
                                                  believes that an event triggering the loan
                                                                                                          final rule is slightly modified to                    forms and instructions because public
                                                  default reporting requirement does not
                                                  reflect financial difficulty or the ability             conform to changes made in a recent                   input on any changes might be limited;
                                                  of the sponsor to meet its pension                      final rule on PBGC premiums under                     one of these commenters said that
                                                  obligations, PBGC will consider a                       which small plans generally calculate                 Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) notices
                                                  request for a case-by-case waiver.                      the VRP using data from the plan year                 are easy to miss.
                                                     The final rule makes one other change                preceding the premium payment year, a                    PBGC does not agree. PBGC posts all
                                                  to this event from the 2013 proposal.                   requirement referred to as the ‘‘look-                pending PRA submissions on its Web
                                                  The final rule deletes a paragraph from                 back rule.’’ 50 Thus, the reportable                  site at http://www.pbgc.gov/res/laws-
                                                  the old regulation on the notice date for               events final rule clarifies that the VRP              and-regulations/information-
                                                  payment acceleration or loan default                    data used for this advance reporting test             collections-under-omb-review.html.
                                                  that referred to ‘‘other conditions’’ for               are not the data for the prior year, but              Interested persons can sign up for
                                                  such occurrences to be reportable.                      the data used to determine the VRP for                notifications of new postings through
                                                  Because the provisions concerning                       the prior year.                                       PBGC’s Web site at http://
                                                  ‘‘other conditions’’ are eliminated                        There is no change in the final rule               www.pbgc.gov/res/res/stay-
                                                  (following the 2013 proposal), this                     from the 2013 proposal that eliminated                informed.html. PBGC observes that the
                                                  paragraph is no longer necessary.                       advance-notice extensions for loan                    public was provided an opportunity to
                                                                                                          default and voluntary insolvency                      comment on the forms and instructions
                                                  Form 200 Reporting                                      events. (The notice date of an event                  in connection with the 2013 proposal
                                                     One commenter suggested that PBGC                    where insolvency proceedings are filed                and PBGC received only one substantive
                                                  allow for simplified reporting for Form                 against a debtor by someone outside the               comment (noted below). Moving the
                                                  200 filings in limited situations, such as              plan’s controlled group is extended to                information requirements to the forms
                                                  when the missed contribution has been                                                                         and instructions will allow PBGC to be
                                                  made up by the filing due date and the                     49 Several other PBGC regulations also refer to
                                                                                                                                                                more flexible in responding to future
                                                  plan has not missed any other                           plan funding concepts using citations outmoded by
                                                                                                          PPA: The regulations on Filing, Issuance,
                                                                                                                                                                developments, such as changes in
                                                  contributions within a certain period of                Computation of Time, and Record Retention (29         information technology.51
                                                  time. PBGC thought this was a good                      CFR part 4000); Terminology (29 CFR part 4001);          One commenter felt that the 2013
                                                  suggestion. Accordingly, under the final                Variances for Sale of Assets (29 CFR part 4204);      proposal dramatically increased the
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  rule, if a plan sponsor makes up a                      Adjustment of Liability for a Withdrawal
                                                                                                          Subsequent to a Partial Withdrawal (29 CFR part
                                                                                                                                                                information required to be initially
                                                  missed contribution by the Form 200                     4206); and Mergers and Transfers Between              reported. As explained in the 2013
                                                  notice due date, and the sponsor has not                Multiemployer Plans (29 CFR part 4231). Thus,
                                                  missed any other required contributions                 these regulations must also be revised to be            51 Although changes to the paperwork would not

                                                  during the two-year period ending on                    consistent with ERISA and the Code as amended by      have to go through notice and comment rulemaking,
                                                                                                          PPA and with the revised premium regulations. The     they would still have to be reviewed by OMB under
                                                  the Form 200 notice due date, the plan                  final rule makes the necessary conforming             the Paperwork Reduction Act, which typically
                                                  may file the Form 200 notice without                    revisions, as proposed.                               requires two public notices and a total of 90 days
                                                  any of the attachments (e.g., controlled                   50 See 79 FR 13547 (March 11, 2014).               for submission of public comments.



                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:20 Sep 10, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00017   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\11SER3.SGM   11SER3


                                                  54996            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 176 / Friday, September 11, 2015 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  proposal (78 FR 20051), PBGC                            change. Such developments would be                      The final rule also makes applicable
                                                  acknowledges that initial information                   reflected in PBGC’s reportable events e-              to the regulation generally a provision—
                                                  requirements generally will increase.                   filing instructions.                                  limited to one event in the old
                                                  However, the total amount of                               PBGC sought public comment on its                  regulation—waiving reporting for
                                                  information submitted to PBGC                           proposal to require electronic filing.                statutory reportable events outside the
                                                  (including both initial reports and                     One commenter favored electronic                      scope of the reportable events described
                                                  follow-up information requested by                      reporting while two others requested a                in the regulation. This provision has
                                                  PBGC) generally will not increase, and                  paper filing option. In view of the fact              been reworded and moved from
                                                  providing information all at one time is                that all plans subject to the reportable              § 4043.31(c)(1) (dealing with
                                                  more efficient than doing so in multiple                events regulation must file Form 5500                 extraordinary dividends) to § 4043.4(e)
                                                  installments. Further, by requiring more                and PBGC premiums electronically, a                   (dealing with waivers generally).
                                                  information with the initial filing, the                paper option within the regulation for                  The 2013 proposal made other
                                                  new requirements will allow PBGC to                     the occasional reportable event notice                technical changes that are retained in
                                                  intervene to protect plans and                          seems unnecessary. However, PBGC                      the final rule.52
                                                  participants more quickly in appropriate                may grant case-by-case waivers of the
                                                                                                                                                                Summary Chart
                                                  circumstances.                                          electronic filing requirement.
                                                                                                                                                                  The following tables summarize
                                                  Mandatory Electronic Filing                             Other Changes                                         waiver and safe harbor provisions for
                                                     The final rule, like the 2009 and 2013                  The final rule makes a change to                   reportable events for which post-event
                                                  proposals, requires electronic filing of                § 4043.20 that was not included in the                reporting is required. The first table
                                                  reportable events notices. This                         2013 proposal to clarify that the                     shows waivers and safe harbors
                                                  requirement is part of PBGC’s ongoing                   responsibility for a failure to file a                available under this final rule, and the
                                                  implementation of the Government                        reportable event notice if there is a                 second table shows a comparison of
                                                  Paperwork Elimination Act.                              change in plan sponsor or plan                        such provisions between the old
                                                     Filers are permitted to email filings                administrator lies with the person who                regulation and this final rule. As
                                                  with attachments using any one or more                  is the plan administrator or contributing             explained in detail above, the final rule
                                                  of a variety of electronic formats that                 sponsor of the plan on the due date.                  also provides reporting relief—like the
                                                  PBGC is capable of reading as provided                  Without this change, if there were a                  relief provided by waivers—through
                                                  in the instructions on PBGC’s Web site.                 change in plan administrator or sponsor               changes to the definitions of certain
                                                  (PBGC accepts imaged signatures for                     after a notice had been filed but before              reportable events, including substantial
                                                  filings.)                                               the due date, the new plan                            owner distributions and active
                                                     PBGC may consider other E-filing                     administrator or sponsor would be                     participant reductions and through the
                                                  enhancements, such as a Web-based                       required to file another notice. A similar            requirement for filing only once a plan
                                                  filing application for reportable events                change is made to § 4043.61(a) with                   year for active participant reductions
                                                  similar to the applications for PBGC’s                  respect to a change in a contributing                 that occur by attrition.
                                                  section 4010 and premium filings, as                    sponsor and the responsibility to file
                                                  internet capabilities and standards                     advance-notice reports.                                 52 See   78 FR 20052–3.
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:20 Sep 10, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00018   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\11SER3.SGM     11SER3


asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
VerDate Sep<11>2014




                                                                                                            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 176 / Friday, September 11, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
17:20 Sep 10, 2015
Jkt 235001




                                                    Event
PO 00000




                                                                                               Large plan
                                                                                               subject to
                                                                                                liquidity
Frm 00019




                                                                                                  rules
                             Extraordinary Dividend or Stock Redemption
                             Change in Contributing Sponsor or Controlled Group
Fmt 4701




                             Active Participant Reduction
                             Transfer of Benefit Liabilities
Sfmt 4725




                             Distribution to Substantial Owner
                             Insolvency"
                             Liquidation
E:\FR\FM\11SER3.SGM




                             Loan Default
                             Failure to Make Required Contribution
                             Application for Funding Waiver
                             Inability to Pay Benefits When Due                                    ,/
11SER3




                            a. Events under Bankruptcy Code waived in all cases.
                            b. Only waived if missed contribution is a quarterly installment




                                                                                                            54997
ER11SE15.005</GPH>


asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
VerDate Sep<11>2014




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             54998
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 176 / Friday, September 11, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
17:20 Sep 10, 2015




                                                              Events with risk-based safe harbors (company low-default-risk or well-funded plan) 53 or other factors.
                                  Event                                   Waivers under old regulation                                           Final rule- if any of these safe harbors applies, no reporting is required
                                                                                                                                      Company Low-         Well-Funded                            Other Safe Harbors
Jkt 235001




                                                                                                                                       default-risk              Plan




                                                                                                                                                                                                        I
                                                                                                                                       Safe Harbor          Safe Harbor
                           Extraordinary                Member distributing is de minimis (5%); 54
                           Dividend or Stock            Member distributing is non-parent foreign entity (regardless of size);
                           Redemption                   Member distributing is foreign parent, and distribution is made solely
PO 00000




                                                        to other controlled group members;                                                                                            Member involved is de minimis (10%);
                                                        At least 80% funded;                                                                                                          Member involved is non-parent foreign entity
                                                        No VRP; or                                                                                                                    (regardless of size); or
                                                        Less than $1 M in premium underfunding                                                                                        Small plan (fewer than 100 participants)
Frm 00020




                           Change in                    Member leaving is de minimis (10%);                                                                                           Public company disclosure
                           Contributing                 Member leaving is non-parent foreign entity (regardless of size);
                           Sponsor or
                           Controlled Group
                                                        At least 80% funded & public company;
                                                        No VRP; or
                                                                                                                                                                                                        1
Fmt 4701




                                                        Less than $1 M in premium underfunding
                           Active Participant           Small plan (fewer than 100 participants)                                       Company is             Plan has no             Small plan (fewer than 100 participants)
                           Reduction                    At least 80% funded if not a facility closing;                               low-default-risk              VRP                Public company disclosure
                                                        No VRP; or
Sfmt 4725




                                                        Less than $1 M premium underfunding                                                                                      Note: filing extension for reductions due to gradual
                                                                                                                                                                                 attrition
                           Transfer of Benefit          IRC 414(1) safe harbor is used for asset transfer;                                                                            Small plan (fewer than 100 participants)
                           Liabilities                  Plan whose liabilities are all transferred;                                                                                   Public company disclosure
E:\FR\FM\11SER3.SGM




                                                        Both plans fully funded after transfer using 414(1) assumptions; or
                                                        Amount transferred is less than 3% of assets
                           Distribution to              At least 80% funded;                                                                                                          Public company disclosure
                           Substantial Owner            No VRP;
                                                        Distributions less than IRC 415 limit; or
                                                        Distributions less than 1% of assets 55
11SER3




                           53 Company means the plan sponsor or the U.S. parent company. The risk-based tests are set forth in§ 4043.9 of the fmal rule and described in the preamble nnder Company Low-default-risk Safe Harbor and Well-Funded Plan Sife Harbor.
                           54 De minimis is defined in § 4043.2 of both the old regulation and the new regulation.
                           55 The final rule, like the 2013 proposal, added to the description ofthis event a provision limiting the event to circumstances where the distributions to one substantial owner exceed one percent of plan assets or the distributions to all

                           substantial owners exceed five percent of plan assets. The one-percent threshold echoes the waiver for this event nnder the old regulation but that was eliminate in the fmal rule.




ER11SE15.006</GPH>


asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES
VerDate Sep<11>2014




                                                                                                                                                                                                        Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 176 / Friday, September 11, 2015 / Rules and Regulations
17:20 Sep 10, 2015




                                                                                   Events with limited or no safe harbors
Jkt 235001




                                      Event                            Waivers under old regulation                                                   Safe Harbors under final rule
                             Bankruptcy/        •   Member in bankruptcy is non-parent foreign entity (regardless of size)        •    Event revised to exclude Bankruptcy Code cases .
                             Insolvency                                                                                           •    Member causing event is-
PO 00000




                                                                                                                                       -  Not a contributing sponsor and is de minimis (10%); or
                                                                                                                                       - Non-parent foreign entity (regardless of size)
                                                •
                                                                                                                                                               I
                             Liquidation            Member liquidating is de minimis (10%) and plan survives;
                                                •   Member liquidating is non-parent foreign entity (regardless of size);
Frm 00021




                                                •   At least 80% funded & public company and plan survives; or
                                                •   No VRP or less than $1 M in premium underfunding and plan survives            •    Member causing event is-
                                                                                                                                       - Not a contributing sponsor and is de minimis (10%); or
                             Loan Default       •   Default cured or waived by lender within 30 days or by end of cure
Fmt 4701




                                                    period;
                                                                                                                                       - Non-parent foreign entity (regardless of size)
                                                •
                                                •
                                                    Member defaulting is non-parent foreign entity (regardless of size);
                                                    At least 80% funded; or
                                                                                                                                                                l
Sfmt 4725




                                                •   No VRP or less than $1 M in premium underfunding
                             Failure to Make    •   Missed quarterlies                                                        •       Missed quarterlies of small plans (fewer than 100 participants)
                             Required               -   Plans with fewer than 25 participants if missed quarterly was not     •       Any missed contribution, if made within 30 days of due date
E:\FR\FM\11SER3.SGM




                             Contribution               due to financial inability; simplified reporting for plans with 25-   •       Late funding balance election
                                                        99 participants if missed quarterly was not due to financial
                                                        inability (relief provided in Technical Update)
                                                    -   Any sized plan, if made within 30 days of due date
                                                •   Any other missed contribution, if made within 30 days of due date
                             Application for    •   None                                                                      •       None
11SER3




                             Funding Waiver
                             Inability to Pay   •   Plan with more than 100 participants (subject to liquidity shortfall      •       Plan with more than 100 participants (subject to liquidity
                             Benefits When          rules)                                                                            shortfall rules)
                             Due




                                                                                                                                                                                                        54999
ER11SE15.007</GPH>


                                                  55000            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 176 / Friday, September 11, 2015 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  Applicability                                            be much lower under the final                         number of small entities, section 603 of
                                                     The changes to Part 4043 made by this                 regulation than under the old                         the Regulatory Flexibility Act requires
                                                  final rule are applicable to post-event                  regulation—9 percent (19 filings)                     that the agency present an initial
                                                  reports for reportable events occurring                  compared to 50 percent (215 filings).                 regulatory flexibility analysis at the time
                                                  on or after January 1, 2016, and to                      Such improved efficiency will be                      of the publication of the proposed rule
                                                  advance reports due on or after that                     reflected in dramatically reduced                     describing the impact of the rule on
                                                  date.                                                    regulatory burden on sponsors and                     small entities and seeking public
                                                                                                           plans that satisfy the risk-based safe                comment on such impact. Small entities
                                                  Regulatory Procedures                                    harbors. Further, PBGC estimates that                 include small businesses, organizations
                                                                                                           the number of total filings will be                   and governmental jurisdictions.
                                                  Executive Orders 12866 and 13563
                                                                                                           reduced under the final regulation.                      For purposes of the Regulatory
                                                     PBGC has determined that this rule is                    Fewer unnecessary reports means a                  Flexibility Act requirements with
                                                  a ‘‘significant regulatory action’’ under                more efficient reporting system and a                 respect to the proposed amendments to
                                                  Executive Order 12866. The Office of                     greater proportion of filings that present            the reportable events regulation, PBGC
                                                  Management and Budget has therefore                      the opportunity for increased plan                    considers a small entity to be a plan
                                                  reviewed this rule under Executive                       protection through monitoring and                     with fewer than 100 participants. This
                                                  Order 12866.                                             possible intervention in transactions                 is the same criterion used to determine
                                                     Executive Orders 12866 and 13563                      based on risk, leading to better                      the availability of the ‘‘small plan’’
                                                  direct agencies to assess all costs and                  protection for the pension insurance                  waiver, and is consistent with certain
                                                  benefits of available regulatory                         system and retirement security                        requirements in Title I of ERISA 57 and
                                                  alternatives and, if regulation is                       generally.                                            the Code,58 as well as the definition of
                                                  necessary, to select regulatory                             Using data from 2013, PBGC has                     a small entity that the Department of
                                                  approaches that maximize net benefits                    estimated the benefit of better-targeted              Labor (DOL) has used for purposes of
                                                  (including potential economic,                           reporting under the new regulation in                 the Regulatory Flexibility Act.59 Using
                                                  environmental, public health and safety                  terms of the value of early intervention              this definition, about 64 percent (14,349
                                                  effects, distributive impacts, and                       as a creditor where a reportable event                of 22,344) of plans covered by Title IV
                                                  equity). Executive Order 13563                           may foreshadow sponsor default. Early                 of ERISA in 2014 were small plans.60
                                                  emphasizes the importance of                             intervention as a creditor leads to higher               Further, while some large employers
                                                  quantifying both costs and benefits, of                  recoveries of plan underfunding. PBGC                 may have small plans, in general most
                                                  reducing costs, of harmonizing rules,                    estimates that the value of early                     small plans are maintained by small
                                                  and of promoting flexibility. Executive                  intervention would exceed the dollar                  employers. Thus, PBGC believes that
                                                  Orders 12866 and 13563 require that a                    equivalent of the increased burden                    assessing the impact of the final rule on
                                                  comprehensive regulatory impact                          associated with the higher rate of                    small plans is an appropriate substitute
                                                  analysis be performed for any                            targeted reporting by approximately                   for evaluating the effect on small
                                                  economically significant regulatory                      $4.3 million.                                         entities. The definition of small entity
                                                  action, defined as an action that would                     Under Section 3(f)(1) of Executive                 considered appropriate for this purpose
                                                  result in an annual effect of $100                       Order 12866, a regulatory action is                   differs, however, from a definition of
                                                  million or more on the national                          economically significant if ‘‘it is likely            small business based on size standards
                                                  economy or that have other substantial                   to result in a rule that may . . . [h]ave             promulgated by the Small Business
                                                  impacts. In accordance with OMB                          an annual effect on the economy of $100               Administration (13 CFR 121.201)
                                                  Circular A–4, PBGC has examined the                      million or more or adversely affect in a              pursuant to the Small Business Act.
                                                  economic and policy implications of                      material way the economy, a sector of                 PBGC requested comments on the
                                                  this rule and has concluded that the                     the economy, productivity, competition,               appropriateness of the size standard
                                                  action’s benefits justify its costs.                     jobs, the environment, public health or               used in evaluating the impact on small
                                                     As discussed above, some reportable                   safety, or State, local, or tribal                    entities of the proposed amendments to
                                                  events present little or no risk to the                  governments or communities.’’ PBGC                    the reportable events regulation. PBGC
                                                  pension insurance system—where, for                      has determined that this final rule does              received no comments in response to
                                                  example, the plan sponsor presents a                     not cross the $100 million threshold for              this request.
                                                  low risk of default and the risk of plan                 economic significance and is not                         On the basis of its definition of small
                                                  termination is correspondingly low.                      otherwise economically significant.                   entity, PBGC certifies under section
                                                  Reports of such events are unnecessary                      This action is associated with                     605(b) of the Regulatory Flexibility Act
                                                  in the sense that PBGC typically reviews                 retrospective review and analysis in                  (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.) that the
                                                  but takes no action on them. PBGC                        PBGC’s Plan for Regulatory Review                     amendments in this rule will not have
                                                  analyzed 2013 records to determine how                   issued in accordance with Executive                   a significant economic impact on a
                                                  many such reports it received for events                 Order 13563 on ‘‘Improving Regulation                 substantial number of small entities.
                                                  to which the proposed sponsor safe                       and Regulatory Review.’’                              Accordingly, as provided in section 605
                                                  harbor would apply, then reanalyzed                      Regulatory Flexibility Act                              57 See, e.g., ERISA section 104(a)(2), which
                                                  the data to see how many unnecessary
                                                  reports would have been received if the                     The Regulatory Flexibility Act                     permits the Secretary of Labor to prescribe
                                                  plan sponsor safe harbor in the                          imposes certain requirements with                     simplified annual reports for pension plans that
                                                                                                           respect to rules that are subject to the              cover fewer than 100 participants.
                                                  proposed rule had been in effect (that is,
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                                                                                                                                   58 See, e.g., Code section 430(g)(2)(B), which

                                                  excluding reports that would have been                   notice and comment requirements of                    permits plans with 100 or fewer participants to use
                                                  waived under the plan sponsor safe                       section 553(b) of the Administrative                  valuation dates other than the first day of the plan
                                                  harbor test).56 It found that the                        Procedure Act and that are likely to                  year.
                                                                                                           have a significant economic impact on                   59 See, e.g., DOL’s final rule on Prohibited
                                                  proportion of unnecessary filings would                                                                        Transaction Exemption Procedures, 76 FR 66,637,
                                                                                                           a substantial number of small entities.
                                                                                                                                                                 66,644 (Oct. 27, 2011).
                                                    56 Filings that involved section 4062(e) events        Unless an agency determines that a rule                 60 See PBGC 2014 pension insurance data table S–

                                                  always resulted in the opening of cases and were         is not likely to have a significant                   31 http://www.pbgc.gov/documents/2013-DATA-
                                                  excluded from the analysis.                              economic impact on a substantial                      BOOK-FINAL.pdf.



                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:20 Sep 10, 2015   Jkt 235001    PO 00000   Frm 00022   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\11SER3.SGM   11SER3


                                                                       Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 176 / Friday, September 11, 2015 / Rules and Regulations                                                                      55001

                                                  of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5                                  available) or tax returns would be                                         and identity of controlled group
                                                  U.S.C. 601 et seq.), sections 603 and 604                             required, to be followed up with                                           principal executive offices.
                                                  do not apply. This certification is based                             required financial statements when                                            • Simplified reporting for Form 200
                                                  on the fact that the reportable events                                available.)                                                                filings is now available where the filer
                                                  regulation requires only the filing of                                   2. The controlled group information                                     has not missed any required
                                                  one-time notices on the occurrence of                                 required will be tailored to the event                                     contribution (other than the missed
                                                  unusual events that affect only certain                               being reported and will generally                                          contribution that triggered the Form 200
                                                  plans and that the economic impact of                                 include identifying information for each                                   filing requirement during the two-year
                                                  filing is not significant. The average                                plan maintained by any member of the                                       period ending on the notice due date for
                                                  burden of submitting a notice—based on                                controlled group and a description of                                      the Form 200) and has made up the
                                                  the estimates discussed under                                         the controlled group with members’                                         missed contribution by the notice due
                                                  Paperwork Reduction Act, below—is                                     names.                                                                     date; under the simplified reporting
                                                  less than 51⁄2 hours and $745 (virtually                                 • Similarly, PBGC has found that it                                     provision, none of the attachments that
                                                  the same as under the old regulation).                                needs the same financial and controlled                                    are otherwise required to be included in
                                                                                                                        group information for advance-notice                                       the filing (e.g., controlled group listing
                                                  Paperwork Reduction Act                                               filings (in addition to actuarial                                          and company financial statements) need
                                                     PBGC is submitting the information                                 information already required). For                                         to be provided.
                                                  collection requirements under this rule                               notices of applications for funding                                           • In missed contribution cases, there
                                                  to the Office of Management and Budget                                waiver requests, the information can                                       is sometimes a credit balance that is
                                                  (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction                                   typically be gleaned from the copy of                                      available for application to a
                                                  Act. There are two information                                        the application that accompanies the                                       contribution that is due. PBGC needs to
                                                  collections under part 4043, approved                                 reportable event notice. With this                                         be able to determine whether all or a
                                                  under OMB control number 1212–0013                                    exception, PBGC is requiring that every                                    portion of the credit balance has been
                                                  (covering subparts B and C), which                                    advance notice filing include these                                        properly applied toward payment of the
                                                  expires May 31, 2018, and OMB control                                 items (unless the information is publicly                                  contribution. Accordingly, PBGC is
                                                  number 1212–0041 (covering subpart                                    available).                                                                requiring Form 200 filers to indicate
                                                  D), which expires June 30, 2018.                                         • Controlled group changes and
                                                     PBGC is making the following                                                                                                                  how much (if any) of the carryover
                                                                                                                        benefit liability transfers involve both
                                                  changes to these information                                                                                                                     balance or prefunding balance was used
                                                                                                                        an ‘‘old’’ controlled group and a ‘‘new’’
                                                  requirements that were approved by                                                                                                               for partial payment of the missed
                                                                                                                        controlled group. PBGC had already
                                                  OMB:                                                                                                                                             contribution and submit copies of
                                                                                                                        required submission of controlled group
                                                     • PBGC’s experience is that in order                                                                                                          election letters relating to the
                                                                                                                        information with notices of controlled
                                                  to assess the significance of virtually                                                                                                          application of the carryover balance and
                                                                                                                        group changes under the old regulation
                                                  every post-event filing for a missed                                                                                                             prefunding balance to the contribution.
                                                                                                                        and is now also requiring the same for
                                                  contribution, inability to pay benefits,                              benefit liability transfers.                                                  • PBGC is requiring a description of
                                                  loan default, liquidation, or insolvency,                                • Because extraordinary distributions                                   each controlled group member’s
                                                  it must obtain from the filer certain                                 raise questions about controlled group                                     operational status (in Chapter 7
                                                  actuarial, financial and controlled group                             finances, PBGC now requires                                                proceedings, liquidating outside of
                                                  information. Filers were previously                                   submission of financial information                                        bankruptcy, on-going, etc.) in Form 200
                                                  required to submit some of this                                       with notices of events of this type.                                       filings.
                                                  information for some events, but PBGC                                    • PBGC now requires that notices of                                        PBGC needs the information in
                                                  has made its information collection for                               substantial owner distributions give the                                   reportable events filings under subparts
                                                  all these events more uniform.                                        reason for the distribution to help PBGC                                   B and C of part 4043 (Forms 10 and 10-
                                                  Accordingly, in connection with the                                   analyze its significance.                                                  Advance) to determine whether it
                                                  final rule, PBGC now requires that every                                 • Inability to pay benefits raises the                                  should terminate plans that experience
                                                  post-event filing for one of these events                             specter of imminent sponsor shutdown                                       events that indicate plan or sponsor
                                                  include the following financial and                                   and plan termination. Accordingly, for                                     financial problems. PBGC estimates that
                                                  controlled group information (actuarial                               notice of this event, PBGC now requires                                    it will receive such filings from about
                                                  information was already required):                                    submission of copies of the most recent                                    816 respondents each year and that the
                                                     1. The financial information required                              plan documents and IRS qualification                                       total annual burden of the collection of
                                                  will be copies of audited financial                                   letter.                                                                    information will be about 4,496 hours
                                                  statements for the most recent fiscal                                    • PBGC is adding to the Form 200                                        and $607,570. This represents a
                                                  year. (If audited statements were not                                 information submission requirements a                                      decreased burden compared to that
                                                  immediately available, copies of                                      requirement to provide information                                         under the old regulation, as the
                                                  unaudited financial statements (if                                    about all controlled group real property,                                  following table shows:

                                                  Annual burden:                                                        Under old regulation:                                                      Under new regulation:

                                                  Number of responses ........................................          867 ....................................................................   816.
                                                  Hour burden .......................................................   4,487 hours ......................................................         4,496 hours.
                                                  Dollar burden .....................................................   $660,853 ...........................................................       $607,570.
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                     As discussed above, the final rule is                              with higher-risk events, which are much                                    burden for low-default-risk sponsors is
                                                  designed to reduce burden dramatically                                more likely to deserve PBGC’s attention.                                   down from 443 hours and $118,025 to
                                                  on well-funded plans and low-default-                                 PBGC separately estimated the average                                      zero. The burden for non-low-default-
                                                  risk sponsors; thus, burden under the                                 burden changes for low-default-risk and                                    risk sponsors is up by 402 hours and
                                                  final rule is substantially associated                                non-low-default-risk entities. The                                         $64,742.



                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014       17:20 Sep 10, 2015       Jkt 235001     PO 00000       Frm 00023       Fmt 4701       Sfmt 4700       E:\FR\FM\11SER3.SGM          11SER3


                                                  55002                  Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 176 / Friday, September 11, 2015 / Rules and Regulations

                                                                                                               Low-default-risk                                                                         Volume            Hours             Cost

                                                  Current .........................................................................................................................................             128              443        $118,025
                                                  Final .............................................................................................................................................             0                0                0
                                                  Change ........................................................................................................................................             (128)            (443)        (118,025)

                                                                                                           Non low-default-risk                                                                         Volume            Hours             Cost

                                                  Current .........................................................................................................................................              739           4,094        $542,828
                                                  Final .............................................................................................................................................            816           4,496         607,570
                                                  Change ........................................................................................................................................                 77             402          64,742



                                                    PBGC needs the information in                                              ■ 2. In § 4000.3, paragraph (b)(3) is                                    4043.2 Definitions.
                                                  missed contribution filings under                                            added to read as follows:                                                4043.3 Requirement of notice.
                                                  subpart D of part 4043 (Form 200) to                                                                                                                  4043.4 Waivers and extensions.
                                                  determine the amounts of statutory liens                                     § 4000.3         What methods of filing may I use?                       4043.5 How and where to file.
                                                  arising under ERISA section 303(k) and                                       *     *    *     *     *                                                 4043.6 Date of filing.
                                                  Code section 430(k) and to evaluate the                                        (b) * * *                                                              4043.7 Computation of time.
                                                                                                                                 (3) You must file notices under part                                   4043.8 Confidentiality.
                                                  funding status of plans with respect to
                                                                                                                               4043 of this chapter electronically in                                   4043.9 Company low-default-risk safe
                                                  which such liens arise and the financial
                                                                                                                               accordance with the instructions on                                          harbor.
                                                  condition of the persons responsible for                                                                                                              4043.10 Well-funded plan safe harbor.
                                                  their funding. PBGC estimates that it                                        PBGC’s Web site, http://www.pbgc.gov,
                                                  will receive such filings from about 165                                     except as otherwise provided by PBGC.                                    Subpart B—Post-Event Notice of
                                                  respondents each year and that the total                                     *     *    *     *     *                                                 Reportable Events
                                                  annual burden of the collection of                                                                                                                    4043.20 Post-event filing obligation.
                                                                                                                               § 4000.53          [Amended]
                                                  information will be about 990 hours and                                                                                                               4043.21 Tax disqualification and Title I
                                                  $146,406.                                                                    ■  3. In § 4000.53, paragraphs (c) and (d)                                   noncompliance.
                                                                                                                               are amended by removing the words                                        4043.22 Amendment decreasing benefits
                                                  List of Subjects                                                             ‘‘section 302(f)(4), section 307(e), or’’                                    payable.
                                                  29 CFR Part 4000                                                             where they occur in each paragraph and                                   4043.23 Active participant reduction.
                                                                                                                               adding in their place the words ‘‘section                                4043.24 Termination or partial termination.
                                                    Employee benefit plans, Pension                                            101(f), section 303(k)(4), or’’.                                         4043.25 Failure to make required minimum
                                                  insurance, Reporting and recordkeeping                                                                                                                    funding payment.
                                                  requirements.                                                                PART 4001—TERMINOLOGY                                                    4043.26 Inability to pay benefits when due.
                                                                                                                                                                                                        4043.27 Distribution to a substantial owner.
                                                  29 CFR Part 4001                                                             ■ 4. The authority citation for part 4001                                4043.28 Plan merger, consolidation, or
                                                    Employee benefit plans, Pension                                            continues to read as follows:                                                transfer.
                                                  insurance.                                                                       Authority: 29 U.S.C. 1301, 1302(b)(3).                               4043.29 Change in contributing sponsor or
                                                                                                                                                                                                            controlled group.
                                                  29 CFR Part 4043                                                             § 4001.2         [Amended]                                               4043.30 Liquidation.
                                                    Employee benefit plans, Pension                                            ■ 5. In § 4001.2:                                                        4043.31 Extraordinary dividend or stock
                                                  insurance, Reporting and recordkeeping                                       ■ a. The definition of ‘‘controlled                                          redemption.
                                                  requirements.                                                                group’’ is amended by removing the                                       4043.32 Transfer of benefit liabilities.
                                                                                                                               words ‘‘section 412(c)(11)(B) of the Code                                4043.33 Application for minimum funding
                                                  29 CFR Part 4204                                                             or section 302(c)(11)(B) of ERISA’’ and                                      waiver.
                                                                                                                               adding in their place the words ‘‘section                                4043.34 Loan default.
                                                    Employee benefit plans, Pension
                                                                                                                               412(b)(2) of the Code or section                                         4043.35 Insolvency or similar settlement.
                                                  insurance, Reporting and recordkeeping
                                                  requirements.                                                                302(b)(2) of ERISA’’.                                                    Subpart C—Advance Notice of Reportable
                                                                                                                               ■ b. The definition of ‘‘funding standard                                Events
                                                  29 CFR Part 4206                                                             account’’ is amended by removing the                                     4043.61 Advance reporting filing
                                                    Employee benefit plans, Pension                                            words ‘‘section 302(b) of ERISA or                                           obligation.
                                                  insurance.                                                                   section 412(b) of the Code’’ and adding                                  4043.62 Change in contributing sponsor or
                                                                                                                               in their place the words ‘‘section 304(b)                                    controlled group.
                                                  29 CFR Part 4231                                                             of ERISA or section 431(b) of the Code’’.                                4043.63 Liquidation.
                                                    Employee benefit plans, Pension                                            ■ c. The definition of ‘‘substantial                                     4043.64 Extraordinary dividend or stock
                                                  insurance, Reporting and recordkeeping                                       owner’’ is amended by removing the                                           redemption.
                                                  requirements.                                                                words ‘‘section 4022(b)(5)(A)’’ and                                      4043.65 Transfer of benefit liabilities.
                                                                                                                               adding in their place the words ‘‘section                                4043.66 Application for minimum funding
                                                    For the reasons given above, PBGC is                                                                                                                    waiver.
                                                                                                                               4021(d)’’.
                                                  amending 29 CFR parts 4000, 4001,                                                                                                                     4043.67 Loan default.
                                                                                                                               ■ 6. Part 4043 is revised to read as
                                                  4043, 4204, 4206, and 4231 as follows.                                                                                                                4043.68 Insolvency or similar settlement.
                                                                                                                               follows:
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  PART 4000—FILING, ISSUANCE,                                                                                                                           Subpart D—Notice of Failure to Make
                                                                                                                               PART 4043—REPORTABLE EVENTS                                              Required Contributions
                                                  COMPUTATION OF TIME, AND
                                                                                                                               AND CERTAIN OTHER NOTIFICATION
                                                  RECORD RETENTION                                                                                                                                      4043.81 PBGC Form 200, notice of failure to
                                                                                                                               REQUIREMENTS
                                                                                                                                                                                                            make required contributions;
                                                  ■ The authority citation for part 4000 is                                    Subpart A—General Provisions                                                 supplementary information.
                                                  revised to read as follows:                                                  Sec.                                                                       Authority: 29 U.S.C. 1083(k), 1302(b)(3),
                                                      Authority: 29 U.S.C. 1083(k), 1302(b)(3).                                4043.1 Purpose and scope.                                                1343.



                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014          17:20 Sep 10, 2015          Jkt 235001       PO 00000       Frm 00024        Fmt 4701       Sfmt 4700        E:\FR\FM\11SER3.SGM     11SER3


                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 176 / Friday, September 11, 2015 / Rules and Regulations                                          55003

                                                  Subpart A—General Provisions                            other than passive income not                         specified in PBGC’s reportable events
                                                                                                          exceeding $1,000; or                                  instructions.
                                                  § 4043.1   Purpose and scope.                              (iii) Does not own substantial assets in             (c) Reportable event forms and
                                                     This part prescribes the requirements                the United States (disregarding stock of              instructions. PBGC will issue reportable
                                                  for notifying PBGC of a reportable event                a member of the plan’s controlled                     events forms and instructions and make
                                                  under section 4043 of ERISA or of a                     group) and is not required to file any                them available on its Web site (http://
                                                  failure to make certain required                        quarterly United States tax returns for               www.pbgc.gov).
                                                  contributions under section 303(k)(4) of                employee withholding.                                   (d) Requests for additional
                                                  ERISA or section 430(k)(4) of the Code.                    Foreign parent means a foreign entity              information. PBGC may, in any case,
                                                  Subpart A contains definitions and                      that is a direct or indirect parent of a              require the submission of additional
                                                  general rules. Subpart B contains rules                 person that is a contributing sponsor of              relevant information not specified in its
                                                  for post-event notice of a reportable                   a plan.                                               forms and instructions. Any such
                                                  event. Subpart C contains rules for                        Low-default-risk has the meaning                   information must be submitted for
                                                  advance notice of a reportable event.                   described in § 4043.9.                                subpart B of this part within 30 days,
                                                  Subpart D contains rules for notifying                     Notice due date means the deadline                 and for subpart C or D of this part
                                                  PBGC of a failure to make certain                       (including extensions) for filing notice              within 7 days, after the date of a written
                                                  required contributions.                                 of a reportable event with PBGC.                      request by PBGC, or within a different
                                                                                                             Participant means a participant as                 time period specified therein. PBGC
                                                  § 4043.2   Definitions.                                                                                       may in its discretion shorten the time
                                                     The following terms are defined in                   defined in § 4006.2 of this chapter.
                                                                                                             Public company means a person                      period where it determines that the
                                                  § 4001.2 of this chapter: benefit                                                                             interests of PBGC or participants may be
                                                  liabilities, Code, contributing sponsor,                subject to the reporting requirements of
                                                                                                          section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities                 prejudiced by a delay in receipt of the
                                                  controlled group, ERISA, fair market                                                                          information.
                                                  value, irrevocable commitment,                          Exchange Act of 1934 or a subsidiary (as
                                                                                                                                                                  (e) Effect of failure to file. If a notice
                                                  multiemployer plan, PBGC, person,                       defined for purposes of the Securities
                                                                                                                                                                (or any other information required
                                                  plan, plan administrator, plan year,                    Exchange Act of 1934) of a person
                                                                                                                                                                under this part) is not provided within
                                                  single-employer plan, and substantial                   subject to such reporting requirements.
                                                                                                                                                                the specified time limit, PBGC may
                                                  owner.                                                     U.S. entity means an entity subject to
                                                                                                                                                                pursue any equitable or legal remedies
                                                     In addition, for purposes of this part:              the personal jurisdiction of the U.S.
                                                                                                                                                                available to it under the law, including
                                                     De minimis 10-percent segment                        district court.
                                                                                                                                                                assessing against each person required
                                                  means, in connection with a plan’s                         Well-funded plan safe harbor has the
                                                                                                                                                                to provide the notice a separate penalty
                                                  controlled group, one or more entities                  meaning described in § 4043.10.
                                                                                                                                                                under section 4071 of ERISA.
                                                  that in the aggregate have for a fiscal
                                                                                                          § 4043.3    Requirement of notice.
                                                  year—                                                                                                         § 4043.4   Waivers and extensions.
                                                     (1) Revenue not exceeding 10 percent                    (a) Obligation to file—(1) In general.               (a) Waivers and extensions—in
                                                  of the controlled group’s revenue;                      Each person that is required to file a                general. PBGC may extend any deadline
                                                     (2) Annual operating income not                      notice under this part, or a duly                     or waive any other requirement under
                                                  exceeding the greater of—                               authorized representative, must submit                this part where it finds convincing
                                                     (i) 10 percent of the controlled group’s             the information required under this part              evidence that the waiver or extension is
                                                  annual operating income; or                             by the time specified in § 4043.20 (for               appropriate under the circumstances.
                                                     (ii) $5 million; and                                 post-event notices), § 4043.61 (for                   Any waiver or extension may be subject
                                                     (3) Net tangible assets at the end of                advance notices), or § 4043.81 (for Form              to conditions. A request for a waiver or
                                                  the fiscal year(s) not exceeding the                    200 filings). Any information filed with              extension must be filed with PBGC in
                                                  greater of—                                             PBGC in connection with another matter                writing (which may be in electronic
                                                     (i) 10 percent of the controlled group’s             may be incorporated by reference. If an               form) and must state the facts and
                                                  net tangible assets at the end of the                   event is subject to both post-event and               circumstances on which the request is
                                                  fiscal year(s); or                                      advance notice requirements, the notice
                                                     (ii) $5 million.                                                                                           based.
                                                                                                          filed first satisfies both filing                       (b) Waivers and extensions—specific
                                                     De minimis 5-percent segment has the                 requirements.
                                                  same meaning as de minimis 10-percent                                                                         events. For some reportable events,
                                                                                                             (2) Multiple plans. If a reportable                automatic waivers from reporting and
                                                  segment, except that ‘‘5 percent’’ is                   event occurs for more than one plan, the
                                                  substituted for ‘‘10 percent’’ each time                                                                      extensions of time are provided in
                                                                                                          filing obligation with respect to each                subparts B and C of this part. If an
                                                  it appears.                                             plan is independent of the filing
                                                     Event year means the plan year in                                                                          occurrence constitutes two or more
                                                                                                          obligation with respect to any other                  reportable events, reporting
                                                  which a reportable event occurs.
                                                     Foreign entity means a member of a                   plan.                                                 requirements for each event are
                                                  controlled group that—                                     (3) Optional consolidated filing. A                determined independently. For
                                                     (1) Is not a contributing sponsor of a               filing of a notice with respect to a                  example, reporting is automatically
                                                  plan;                                                   reportable event by any person required               waived for an occurrence that
                                                     (2) Is not organized under the laws of               to file will be deemed to be a filing by              constitutes a reportable event under
                                                  (or, if an individual, is not a domiciliary             all persons required to give PBGC notice              more than one section only if the
                                                  of) any state (as defined in section 3(10)              of the event under this part. If notices              requirements for an automatic waiver
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  of ERISA); and                                          are required for two or more events, the              under each section are satisfied.
                                                     (3) For the fiscal year that includes                notices may be combined in one filing.                  (c) Multiemployer plans. The
                                                  the date the reportable event occurs,                      (b) Contents of reportable event                   requirements of section 4043 of ERISA
                                                  meets one of the following tests—                       notice. A person required to file a                   are waived with respect to
                                                     (i) Is not required to file any United               reportable event notice under subpart B               multiemployer plans.
                                                  States federal income tax form;                         or C of this part must file, by the notice              (d) Terminating plans. No notice is
                                                     (ii) Has no income reportable on any                 date, the form specified by PBGC for                  required from the plan administrator or
                                                  United States federal income tax form                   that purpose, with the information                    contributing sponsor of a plan if the


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:20 Sep 10, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00025   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\11SER3.SGM   11SER3


                                                  55004            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 176 / Friday, September 11, 2015 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  notice date is on or after the date on                  described in paragraph (b) of this                       (i) The probability that the company
                                                  which—                                                  section.                                              will default on its financial obligations
                                                    (1) All of the plan’s assets (other than                 (b) Safe harbor period. A safe harbor              is not more than four percent over the
                                                  any excess assets) are distributed                      period for a company means a period                   next five years or not more than 0.4
                                                  pursuant to a termination under part                    that—                                                 percent over the next year, in either case
                                                  4041 of this chapter; or                                   (1) Begins on a financial information              determined on the basis of widely
                                                    (2) A trustee is appointed for the plan               date (as described in paragraph (c) of                available financial information on the
                                                  under section 4042 of ERISA.                            this section) on which the company                    company’s credit quality.
                                                    (e) Events not described in this part.                satisfies the low-default-risk standard in               (ii) The company’s secured debt
                                                  Notice of a reportable event described in               paragraph (e) of this section, and                    (disregarding leases and debt incurred
                                                  section 4043(c) of ERISA is waived                         (2) Ends 13 months later or (if earlier)           to acquire or improve property and
                                                  except to the extent that reporting is                  on the company’s next financial                       secured only by that property) does not
                                                  required under this part.                               information date.                                     exceed 10 percent of the company’s
                                                  § 4043.5   How and where to file.                          (c) Financial information date. A                  total assets.
                                                    Reportable event notices required                     financial information date for a                         (iii) The company has a ratio of
                                                  under this part must be filed                           company means—                                        retained-earnings-to-total-assets of 0.25
                                                  electronically in accordance with the                      (1) A date on which the company files              or more.
                                                  instructions posted on PBGC’s Web site,                 on Form 10–K with the Securities and                     (iv) The company has a ratio of total-
                                                  http://www.pbgc.gov. Filing guidance is                 Exchange Commission (‘‘SEC’’) audited                 debt-to-EBITDA (earnings before
                                                  provided by the instructions and by                     annual financial statements (including                interest, taxes, depreciation, and
                                                  subpart A of part 4000 of this chapter.                 balance sheets, income statements, cash               amortization) of 3.0 or less.
                                                                                                          flow statements, and notes to the                        (v) The company has positive net
                                                  § 4043.6   Date of filing.                              financial statements) for the company’s               income for the two most recently
                                                     (a) Post-event notice filings. PBGC                  most recent completed fiscal year                     completed fiscal years preceding the
                                                  applies the rules in subpart C of part                  preceding the date of such filing;                    qualifying date.
                                                  4000 of this chapter to determine the                      (2) The date (the ‘‘closing date’’) on                (vi) During the two-year period
                                                  date that a submission under subpart B                  which the company closes the annual                   ending on the qualifying date, the
                                                  of this part was filed with PBGC.                       accounting period that results in the                 company has not experienced an event
                                                     (b) Advance notice and Form 200                      production of audited or unaudited                    described in § 4043.34(a)(1) or (2)
                                                  filings. Information filed under subpart                annual financial statements for the                   (dealing with a default on a loan with
                                                  C or D of this part is treated as filed on              company’s most recent completed fiscal                an outstanding balance of $10 million or
                                                  the date it is received by PBGC. Subpart                year preceding the closing date, if                   more) with respect to any loan with an
                                                  C of part 4000 of this chapter provides                 audited annual financial statements are               outstanding balance of $10 million or
                                                  rules for determining when PBGC                         not required to be filed with the SEC; or             more to the company regardless of
                                                  receives a submission.                                     (3) A date on which the company files              whether reporting was waived under
                                                                                                          with IRS an annual federal income tax                 § 4043.34(b).
                                                  § 4043.7   Computation of time.
                                                                                                          return or IRS Form 990 (in either case,                  (vii) During the two-year period
                                                    PBGC applies the rules in subpart D                   a ‘‘return’’) for the company’s most                  ending on the qualifying date, there has
                                                  of part 4000 of this chapter to compute                 recent completed fiscal year preceding                not been any failure to make when due
                                                  any time period under this part.                        the date of such filing, if at the time the           any contribution described in
                                                  § 4043.8   Confidentiality.                             return is filed there are no annual                   § 4043.25(a)(1) or (2) (dealing with
                                                    In accordance with section 4043(f) of                 financial statements for the year of the              failure to make required minimum
                                                  ERISA and § 4901.21(a)(3) of this                       return.                                               funding payments), unless reporting
                                                  chapter, any information or                                (d) Supporting financial information.              was waived under § 4043.25(c).
                                                  documentary material that is not                        For purposes of this section, the                        (3) Using financial information to
                                                  publicly available and is submitted to                  ‘‘supporting financial information’’ is               evaluate criteria—(i) Subject to
                                                  PBGC pursuant to subpart B or C of this                 the annual financial statements or                    paragraph (e)(3)(ii) of this section with
                                                  part will not be made public, except as                 return associated with the establishment              respect to evaluating the criterion
                                                  may be relevant to any administrative or                of the financial information date.                    described in paragraph (e)(2)(v) of this
                                                  judicial action or proceeding or for                       (e) Low-default-risk standard—(1)                  section, to evaluate whether criteria
                                                  disclosures to either body of Congress or               Adequate capacity. For purposes of this               described in paragraphs (e)(2)(ii)
                                                  to any duly authorized committee or                     part, except as provided in paragraph                 through (v) of this section are met, a
                                                  subcommittee of the Congress. This                      (e)(4) of this section, a company meets               company must use the supporting
                                                  provision does not apply to information                 the low-default-risk standard as of a                 financial information described in
                                                  or material submitted to PBGC pursuant                  financial information date (the                       paragraph (d) of this section associated
                                                  to subpart D of this part, even where the               ‘‘qualifying date’’) if the company has               with the qualifying date.
                                                  submission serves as an alternative                     adequate capacity to meet its obligations                (ii) In addition to the use of the
                                                  method of compliance with § 4043.25.                    in full and on time on the qualifying                 supporting financial information to
                                                                                                          date as evidenced by satisfying either:               evaluate criteria as described in
                                                  § 4043.9   Company low-default-risk safe                   (i) Both of the criteria described in              paragraph (e)(3)(i) of this section, to
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  harbor.                                                 paragraphs (e)(2)(i) and (ii) of this                 evaluate whether the criterion described
                                                     (a) Low-default-risk. An entity (a                   section, or                                           in paragraph (e)(2)(v) of this section is
                                                  ‘‘company’’) that is a contributing                        (ii) Any four of the seven criteria                met, the company must also use the
                                                  sponsor of a plan or the highest level                  described in paragraphs (e)(2)(i) through             supporting financial information as
                                                  U.S. parent of a contributing sponsor is                (vii) of this section.                                described in paragraph (d) of this
                                                  ‘‘low-default-risk’’ on the date of an                     (2) Criteria evidencing adequate                   section associated with the financial
                                                  event if that date falls within a safe                  capacity. The criteria referred to in                 information date for the fiscal year
                                                  harbor period of the company as                         paragraph (e)(1) of this section are:                 preceding the fiscal year covered by the


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:20 Sep 10, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00026   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\11SER3.SGM   11SER3


                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 176 / Friday, September 11, 2015 / Rules and Regulations                                          55005

                                                  supporting financial information                        § 4043.23    Active participant reduction.               (2) Low-default-risk. Notice under this
                                                  associated with the qualifying date.                       (a) Reportable event. A reportable                 section is waived if each contributing
                                                     (iii) For purposes of paragraph                      event occurs for a plan:                              sponsor of the plan and the highest level
                                                  (e)(2)(v) of this section, the excess of                   (1) Single-cause event. On the date in             U.S. parent of each contributing sponsor
                                                  total revenue over total expenses as                    a plan year when, as a result of a single             are low-default-risk on the date of the
                                                  reported on the IRS Form 990 is                         cause—such as a reorganization, the                   event.
                                                  considered to be net income.                            discontinuance of an operation, a                        (3) Well-funded plan. Notice under
                                                     (4) Exception. If a company receives                 natural disaster, a mass layoff, or an                this section is waived if the plan is in
                                                  an audit or review report for supporting                early retirement incentive program—the                the well-funded plan safe harbor for the
                                                  financial information described in                      number of active participants is reduced              event year.
                                                  paragraph (d) of this section associated                to less than 80 percent of the number of                 (4) Public company. Notice under this
                                                  with the qualifying date that expresses                 active participants at the beginning of               section is waived if any contributing
                                                  a material adverse view or qualification,               such plan year or less than 75 percent                sponsor of the plan before the
                                                  the company does not satisfy the low-                   of the number of active participants at               transaction is a public company and the
                                                  default-risk standard.                                  the beginning of the plan year preceding              contributing sponsor timely files a SEC
                                                                                                          such plan year.                                       Form 8–K disclosing the event under an
                                                  § 4043.10   Well-funded plan safe harbor.                  (2) Attrition event. At the end of a               item of the Form 8–K other than under
                                                    For purposes of this part, a plan is in               plan year if the number of active                     Item 2.02 (Results of Operations and
                                                  the well-funded plan safe harbor for an                 participants covered by the plan at the               Financial Condition) or in financial
                                                  event year if no variable-rate premium                  end of such plan year is less than 80                 statements under Item 9.01 (Financial
                                                  was required to be paid for the plan                    percent of the number of active                       Statements and Exhibits).
                                                  under parts 4006 and 4007 of this                       participants at the beginning of such                    (e) Extension—attrition event. For an
                                                  chapter for the plan year preceding the                 plan year, or less than 75 percent of the             event described in paragraph (a)(2) of
                                                  event year.                                             number of active participants at the                  this section, the notice date is extended
                                                                                                          beginning of the plan year preceding                  until the premium due date for the plan
                                                  Subpart B—Post-Event Notice of                          such plan year.                                       year following the event year.
                                                  Reportable Events                                          (b) Determination rules—(1)                        § 4043.24 Termination or partial
                                                                                                          Determination dates. The number of                    termination.
                                                  § 4043.20   Post-event filing obligation.               active participants at the beginning of a
                                                                                                                                                                   (a) Reportable event. A reportable
                                                     The plan administrator and each                      plan year may be determined by using
                                                                                                                                                                event occurs when the Secretary of the
                                                  contributing sponsor of a plan for which                the number of active participants at the
                                                                                                                                                                Treasury determines that there has been
                                                  a reportable event under this subpart                   end of the previous plan year, and the
                                                                                                                                                                a termination or partial termination of a
                                                  has occurred are required to notify                     number of active participants at the end
                                                                                                                                                                plan within the meaning of section
                                                  PBGC within 30 days after that person                   of a plan year may be determined by
                                                                                                                                                                411(d)(3) of the Code.
                                                  knows or has reason to know that the                    using the number of active participants
                                                                                                                                                                   (b) Waiver. Notice is waived for this
                                                  reportable event has occurred, unless a                 at the beginning of the next plan year.
                                                                                                                                                                event.
                                                  waiver or extension applies. If there is                   (2) Active participant. ‘‘Active
                                                  a change in plan administrator or                       participant’’ means a participant who—                § 4043.25 Failure to make required
                                                  contributing sponsor, the responsibility                   (i) Is receiving compensation for work             minimum funding payment.
                                                  for any failure to file or defective filing             performed;                                               (a) Reportable event. A reportable
                                                  lies with the person who is the plan                       (ii) Is on paid or unpaid leave granted            event occurs when—
                                                  administrator or contributing sponsor of                for a reason other than a layoff;                        (1) A contribution required under
                                                  the plan on the 30th day after the                         (iii) Is laid off from work for a period           sections 302 and 303 of ERISA or
                                                  reportable event occurs.                                of time that has lasted less than 30 days;            sections 412 and 430 of the Code is not
                                                                                                          or                                                    made by the due date for the payment
                                                  § 4043.21 Tax disqualification and Title I
                                                  noncompliance.
                                                                                                             (iv) Is absent from work due to a                  under ERISA section 303(j) or Code
                                                                                                          recurring reduction in employment that                section 430(j), or
                                                    (a) Reportable event. A reportable                    occurs at least annually.                                (2) Any other contribution required as
                                                  event occurs when the Secretary of the                     (3) Employment relationship. The                   a condition of a funding waiver is not
                                                  Treasury issues notice that a plan has                  employment relationship referred to in                made when due.
                                                  ceased to be a plan described in section                this paragraph (b) is between the                        (b) Alternative method of
                                                  4021(a)(2) of ERISA, or when the                        participant and all members of the                    compliance—Form 200 filed. If, with
                                                  Secretary of Labor determines that a                    plan’s controlled group.                              respect to the same failure, a filing is
                                                  plan is not in compliance with title I of                  (c) Reductions due to cessations and               made in accordance with § 4043.81, that
                                                  ERISA.                                                  withdrawals. For purposes of paragraph                filing (while not considered to be
                                                    (b) Waiver. Notice is waived for this                 (a)(1) of this section, a reduction in the            submitted to PBGC pursuant to section
                                                  event.                                                  number of active participants is to be                4043 of ERISA for purposes of section
                                                                                                          disregarded to the extent that it—                    4043(f) of ERISA) satisfies the
                                                  § 4043.22   Amendment decreasing benefits
                                                                                                             (1) Is attributable to an event                    requirements of this section.
                                                  payable.
                                                                                                          described in ERISA section 4062(e) or                    (c) Waivers—(1) Small plan. Notice
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                    (a) Reportable event. A reportable                    4063(a), and                                          under this section is waived with
                                                  event occurs when an amendment to a                        (2) Is timely reported to PBGC under               respect to a failure to make a required
                                                  plan is adopted under which the                         ERISA section 4063(a).                                quarterly contribution under section
                                                  retirement benefit payable from                            (d) Waivers—(1) Small plan. Notice                 303(j)(3) of ERISA or section 430(j)(3) of
                                                  employer contributions with respect to                  under this section is waived if the plan              the Code if the plan had 100 or fewer
                                                  any participant may be decreased.                       had 100 or fewer participants for whom                participants for whom flat-rate
                                                    (b) Waiver. Notice is waived for this                 flat-rate premiums were payable for the               premiums were payable for the plan
                                                  event.                                                  plan year preceding the event year.                   year preceding the event year.


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:20 Sep 10, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00027   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\11SER3.SGM   11SER3


                                                  55006            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 176 / Friday, September 11, 2015 / Rules and Regulations

                                                    (2) 30-day grace period. Notice under                 year period ending with the date of such              period, the amount of the payment, and
                                                  this section is waived if the missed                    distribution exceeds $10,000;                         the duration of the annuity satisfies the
                                                  contribution is made by the 30th day                       (3) The distribution is not made by                requirements of this section with
                                                  after its due date.                                     reason of the substantial owner’s death;              respect to all subsequent payments
                                                     (3) Late funding balance election.                      (4) Immediately after the distribution,            under the annuity.
                                                  Notice under this section is waived if                  the plan has nonforfeitable benefits (as                 (d) Waivers—(1) Low-default-risk.
                                                  the failure to make a timely required                   provided in § 4022.5 of this chapter)                 Notice under this section is waived if
                                                  contribution is solely because of the                   that are not funded; and                              each contributing sponsor of the plan
                                                  plan sponsor’s failure to timely make a                    (5) Either—                                        and the highest level U.S. parent of each
                                                  funding balance election.                                  (i) The sum of the values of all                   contributing sponsor are low-default-
                                                                                                          distributions to any one substantial                  risk on the date of the event.
                                                  § 4043.26   Inability to pay benefits when              owner within the one-year period
                                                  due.                                                                                                             (2) Well-funded plan. Notice under
                                                                                                          ending with the date of the distribution              this section is waived if the plan is in
                                                     (a) Reportable event. A reportable                   is more than one percent of the end-of-               the well-funded plan safe harbor for the
                                                  event occurs when a plan is currently                   year total amount of the plan’s assets (as            event year.
                                                  unable or projected to be unable to pay                 required to be reported on Schedule H                    (3) Public company. Notice under this
                                                  benefits.                                               or Schedule I to Form 5500) for each of
                                                     (1) Current inability. A plan is                                                                           section is waived if any contributing
                                                                                                          the two plan years immediately                        sponsor of the plan before the
                                                  currently unable to pay benefits if it                  preceding the event year, or
                                                  fails to provide any participant or                                                                           transaction is a public company and the
                                                                                                             (ii) The sum of the values of all                  contributing sponsor timely files a SEC
                                                  beneficiary the full benefits to which the              distributions to all substantial owners
                                                  person is entitled under the terms of the                                                                     Form 8–K disclosing the event under an
                                                                                                          within the one-year period ending with                item of the Form 8–K other than under
                                                  plan, at the time the benefit is due and                the date of the distribution is more than
                                                  in the form in which it is due. A plan                                                                        Item 2.02 (Results of Operations and
                                                                                                          five percent of the end-of-year total                 Financial Condition) or in financial
                                                  is not treated as being currently unable                amount of the plan’s assets (as required
                                                  to pay benefits if its failure to pay is                                                                      statements under Item 9.01 (Financial
                                                                                                          to be reported on Schedule H or                       Statements and Exhibits).
                                                  caused solely by—                                       Schedule I to Form 5500) for each of the
                                                     (i) A limitation under section 436 of                                                                      § 4043.28   Plan merger, consolidation or
                                                                                                          two plan years immediately preceding
                                                  the Code and section 206(g) of ERISA                                                                          transfer.
                                                                                                          the event year.
                                                  (dealing with funding-based limits on                      (b) Determination rules—(1)                           (a) Reportable event. A reportable
                                                  benefits and benefit accruals under
                                                                                                          Valuation of distribution. The value of               event occurs when a plan merges,
                                                  single-employer plans),
                                                                                                          a distribution under this section is the              consolidates, or transfers its assets or
                                                     (ii) The inability to locate a person, or
                                                     (iii) Any other administrative delay,                sum of—                                               liabilities under section 208 of ERISA or
                                                  including the need to verify a person’s                    (i) The cash amounts actually                      section 414(l) of the Code.
                                                  eligibility for benefits, to the extent that            received by the substantial owner;                       (b) Waiver. Notice under this section
                                                                                                             (ii) The purchase price of any                     is waived for this event. However,
                                                  the delay is for less than the shorter of
                                                                                                          irrevocable commitment; and                           notice may be required under § 4043.29
                                                  two months or two full benefit payment
                                                                                                             (iii) The fair market value of any other           (for a controlled group change) or
                                                  periods.
                                                                                                          assets distributed, determined as of the              § 4043.32 (for a transfer of benefit
                                                     (2) Projected inability. A plan is
                                                                                                          date of distribution to the substantial               liabilities).
                                                  projected to be unable to pay benefits
                                                                                                          owner.
                                                  when, as of the last day of any quarter                                                                       § 4043.29 Change in contributing sponsor
                                                                                                             (2) Date of substantial owner
                                                  of a plan year, the plan’s ‘‘liquid assets’’                                                                  or controlled group.
                                                                                                          distribution. The date of distribution to
                                                  are less than two times the amount of                                                                            (a) Reportable event. A reportable
                                                                                                          a substantial owner of a cash
                                                  the ‘‘disbursements from the plan’’ for                                                                       event occurs for a plan when there is a
                                                                                                          distribution is the date it is received by
                                                  such quarter. ‘‘Liquid assets’’ and                                                                           transaction that results, or will result, in
                                                                                                          the substantial owner. The date of
                                                  ‘‘disbursements from the plan’’ have the                                                                      one or more persons’ ceasing to be
                                                                                                          distribution to a substantial owner of an
                                                  same meaning as under section                                                                                 members of the plan’s controlled group
                                                                                                          irrevocable commitment is the date on
                                                  303(j)(4)(E) of ERISA and section                                                                             (other than by merger involving
                                                                                                          which the obligation to provide benefits
                                                  430(j)(4)(E) of the Code.                                                                                     members of the same controlled group).
                                                     (b) Waiver—plans subject to liquidity                passes from the plan to the insurer. The
                                                                                                          date of any other distribution to a                   For purposes of this section, the term
                                                  shortfall rules. Notice under this section
                                                                                                          substantial owner is the date when the                ‘‘transaction’’ includes, but is not
                                                  is waived unless the reportable event
                                                                                                          plan relinquishes control over the assets             limited to, a legally binding agreement,
                                                  occurs during a plan year for which the
                                                                                                          transferred directly or indirectly to the             whether or not written, to transfer
                                                  plan is exempt from the liquidity
                                                                                                          substantial owner.                                    ownership, an actual transfer of
                                                  shortfall rules in section 303(j)(4) of
                                                                                                             (3) Determination date. The                        ownership, and an actual change in
                                                  ERISA and section 430(j)(4) of the Code
                                                                                                          determination of whether a participant                ownership that occurs as a matter of law
                                                  because it is described in section
                                                                                                          is (or has been in the preceding 60                   or through the exercise or lapse of pre-
                                                  303(g)(2)(B) of ERISA and section
                                                                                                          months) a substantial owner is made on                existing rights. Whether an agreement is
                                                  430(g)(2)(B) of the Code.
                                                                                                          the date when there has been a                        legally binding is to be determined
                                                  § 4043.27   Distribution to a substantial               distribution that would be reportable                 without regard to any conditions in the
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  owner.                                                  under this section if made to a                       agreement. A transaction is not
                                                    (a) Reportable event. A reportable                    substantial owner.                                    reportable if it will result solely in a
                                                  event occurs for a plan when—                              (c) Alternative method of                          reorganization involving a mere change
                                                    (1) There is a distribution to a                      compliance—annuity. In the case of an                 in identity, form, or place of
                                                  substantial owner of a contributing                     annuity for a substantial owner, a filing             organization, however effected.
                                                  sponsor of the plan;                                    that satisfies the requirements of this                  (b) Waivers. (1) De minimis 10-
                                                    (2) The total of all distributions made               section with respect to any payment                   percent segment. Notice under this
                                                  to the substantial owner within the one-                under the annuity and that discloses the              section is waived if the person or


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:20 Sep 10, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00028   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\11SER3.SGM   11SER3


                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 176 / Friday, September 11, 2015 / Rules and Regulations                                            55007

                                                  persons that will cease to be members                   will be no change in the structure of                 fair market value of assets transferred by
                                                  of the plan’s controlled group represent                Company Q’s controlled group. On the                  the person making the distribution,
                                                  a de minimis 10-percent segment of the                  effective date of the sale, Company R                 reduced by the fair market value of any
                                                  plan’s old controlled group for the most                will become the contributing sponsor of               liabilities assumed or consideration
                                                  recent fiscal year(s) ending on or before               Plan Q. A reportable event occurs on the              given by the recipient in connection
                                                  the date the reportable event occurs.                   date of the transaction (i.e., the date the           with the distribution. Net value
                                                     (2) Foreign entity. Notice under this                binding contract was executed), because               determinations should be based on
                                                  section is waived if each person that                   as a result of the transaction, Company               readily available fair market value(s) or
                                                  will cease to be a member of the plan’s                 Q (and any other member of its                        independent appraisal(s) performed
                                                  controlled group is a foreign entity other              controlled group) will cease to be a                  within one year before the distribution
                                                  than a foreign parent.                                  member of Plan Q’s controlled group.                  is made. To the extent that fair market
                                                     (3) Small plan. Notice under this                    The event is not reported before the                  values are not readily available and no
                                                  section is waived if the plan had 100 or                notice date. If on the notice date the                such appraisals exist, the fair market
                                                  fewer participants for whom flat-rate                   change in the contributing sponsor has                value of an asset transferred in
                                                  premiums were payable for the plan                      not yet become effective, Company Q                   connection with a distribution or a
                                                  year preceding the event year.                          has the reporting obligation. If the                  liability assumed by a recipient of a
                                                     (4) Low-default-risk. Notice under this              change in the contributing sponsor has                distribution is deemed to be equal to
                                                  section is waived if each post-event                    become effective by the notice date,                  200 percent of the book value of the
                                                  contributing sponsor of the plan and the                Company R has the reporting obligation.               asset or liability on the books of the
                                                  highest level U.S. parent of each post-                                                                       person making the distribution. Stock
                                                  event contributing sponsor are low-                     § 4043.30    Liquidation.                             redeemed is deemed to have no value.
                                                  default-risk on the date of the event.                     (a) Reportable event. A reportable                    (c) Waivers—(1) De minimis 10-
                                                     (5) Well-funded plan. Notice under                   event occurs for a plan when a member                 percent segment. Notice under this
                                                  this section is waived if the plan is in                of the plan’s controlled group—                       section is waived if the person making
                                                  the well-funded plan safe harbor for the                   (1) Is involved in any transaction to              the distribution is a de minimis 10-
                                                  event year.                                             implement its complete liquidation
                                                     (6) Public company. Notice under this                                                                      percent segment of the plan’s controlled
                                                                                                          (including liquidation into another                   group for the most recent fiscal year(s)
                                                  section is waived if any contributing                   controlled group member);
                                                  sponsor of the plan before the                                                                                ending on or before the date the
                                                                                                             (2) Institutes or has instituted against           reportable event occurs.
                                                  transaction is a public company and the                 it a proceeding to be dissolved or is
                                                  contributing sponsor timely files a SEC                                                                          (2) Foreign entity. Notice under this
                                                                                                          dissolved, whichever occurs first; or                 section is waived if the person making
                                                  Form 8–K disclosing the event under an                     (3) Liquidates in a case under the
                                                  item of the Form 8–K other than under                                                                         the distribution is a foreign entity other
                                                                                                          Bankruptcy Code, or under any similar
                                                  Item 2.02 (Results of Operations and                                                                          than a foreign parent.
                                                                                                          law.
                                                  Financial Condition) or in financial                                                                             (3) Small plan. Notice under this
                                                                                                             (b) Waivers—(1) De minimis 10-
                                                  statements under Item 9.01 (Financial                                                                         section is waived if the plan had 100 or
                                                                                                          percent segment. Notice under this
                                                  Statements and Exhibits).                                                                                     fewer participants for whom flat-rate
                                                                                                          section is waived if the person or
                                                     (c) Examples. The following examples                                                                       premiums were payable for the plan
                                                                                                          persons that liquidate do not include
                                                  assume that no waiver applies.                                                                                year preceding the event year.
                                                                                                          any contributing sponsor of the plan
                                                     (1) Controlled group breakup. Plan                   and represent a de minimis 10-percent                    (4) Low-default-risk. Notice under this
                                                  A’s controlled group consists of                        segment of the plan’s controlled group                section is waived if each contributing
                                                  Company A (its contributing sponsor),                   for the most recent fiscal year(s) ending             sponsor of the plan and the highest level
                                                  Company B (which maintains Plan B),                     on or before the date the reportable                  U.S. parent of each contributing sponsor
                                                  and Company C. As a result of a                         event occurs.                                         are low-default-risk on the date of the
                                                  transaction, the controlled group will                     (2) Foreign entity. Notice under this              event.
                                                  break into two separate controlled                      section is waived if each person that                    (5) Well-funded plan. Notice under
                                                  groups — one segment consisting of                      liquidates is a foreign entity other than             this section is waived if the plan is in
                                                  Company A and the other segment                         a foreign parent.                                     the well-funded plan safe harbor for the
                                                  consisting of Companies B and C. Both                                                                         event year.
                                                  Company A (Plan A’s contributing                        § 4043.31 Extraordinary dividend or stock                (6) Public company. Notice under this
                                                  sponsor) and the plan administrator of                  redemption.                                           section is waived if any contributing
                                                  Plan A are required to report that                         (a) Reportable event. A reportable                 sponsor of the plan before the
                                                  Companies B and C will leave Plan A’s                   event occurs for a plan when any                      transaction is a public company and the
                                                  controlled group. Company B (Plan B’s                   member of the plan’s controlled group                 contributing sponsor timely files a SEC
                                                  contributing sponsor) and the plan                      declares a dividend or redeems its own                Form 8–K disclosing the event under an
                                                  administrator of Plan B are required to                 stock and the amount or net value of the              item of the Form 8–K other than under
                                                  report that Company A will leave Plan                   distribution, when combined with other                Item 2.02 (Results of Operations and
                                                  B’s controlled group. Company C is not                  such distributions during the same                    Financial Condition) or in financial
                                                  required to report because it is not a                  fiscal year of the person, exceeds the                statements under Item 9.01 (Financial
                                                  contributing sponsor or a plan                          person’s net income before after-tax gain             Statements and Exhibits).
                                                  administrator.                                          or loss on any sale of assets, as
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                     (2) Change in contributing sponsor.                  determined in accordance with                         § 4043.32   Transfer of benefit liabilities.
                                                  Plan Q is maintained by Company Q.                      generally accepted accounting                            (a) Reportable event. A reportable
                                                  Company Q enters into a binding                         principles, for the prior fiscal year. A              event occurs for a plan when—
                                                  contract to sell a portion of its assets                distribution by a person to a member of                  (1) The plan makes a transfer of
                                                  and to transfer employees participating                 its controlled group is disregarded.                  benefit liabilities to a person, or to a
                                                  in Plan Q, along with Plan Q, to                           (b) Determination rules. For purposes              plan or plans maintained by a person or
                                                  Company R, which is not a member of                     of paragraph (a) of this section, the net             persons, that are not members of the
                                                  Company Q’s controlled group. There                     value of a non-cash distribution is the               transferor plan’s controlled group; and


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:20 Sep 10, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00029   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\11SER3.SGM   11SER3


                                                  55008            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 176 / Friday, September 11, 2015 / Rules and Regulations

                                                     (2) The amount of benefit liabilities                balance of $10 million or more to a                   than 30 days before the effective date of
                                                  transferred, in conjunction with other                  member of the plan’s controlled group—                a reportable event described in this
                                                  benefit liabilities transferred during the                (1) There is an acceleration of                     subpart C if the contributing sponsor is
                                                  12-month period ending on the date of                   payment or a default under the loan                   subject to advance reporting for the
                                                  the transfer, is 3 percent or more of the               agreement, or                                         reportable event. If there is a change in
                                                  plan’s total benefit liabilities. Both the                (2) The lender waives or agrees to an               contributing sponsor, the responsibility
                                                  benefit liabilities transferred and the                 amendment of any covenant in the loan                 for any failure to file or defective filing
                                                  plan’s total benefit liabilities are to be              agreement the effect of which is to cure              lies with the person who is the
                                                  valued as of any one date in the plan                   or avoid a breach that would trigger a                contributing sponsor of the plan on the
                                                  year in which the transfer occurs, using                default.                                              notice date.
                                                  actuarial assumptions that comply with                    (b) Waivers—(1) De minimis 10-                         (b) Persons subject to advance
                                                  section 414(l) of the Code.                             percent segment. Notice under this                    reporting. A contributing sponsor of a
                                                     (b) Determination rules—(1) Date of                  section is waived if the debtor is not a              plan is subject to the advance reporting
                                                  transfer. The date of transfer is to be                 contributing sponsor of the plan and                  requirement under paragraph (a) of this
                                                  determined on the basis of the facts and                represents a de minimis 10-percent                    section for a reportable event if —
                                                  circumstances of the particular                         segment of the plan’s controlled group                   (1) On the notice date, neither the
                                                  situation. For transfers subject to the                 for the most recent fiscal year(s) ending             contributing sponsor nor any member of
                                                  requirements of section 414(l) of the                   on or before the date the reportable                  the plan’s controlled group to which the
                                                  Code, the date determined in                            event occurs.                                         event relates is a public company; and
                                                  accordance with 26 CFR 1.414(l)–                          (2) Foreign entity. Notice under this                  (2) The aggregate unfunded vested
                                                  1(b)(11) will be considered the date of                 section is waived if the debtor is a                  benefits, determined in accordance with
                                                  transfer.                                               foreign entity other than a foreign                   paragraph (c) of this section, are more
                                                     (2) Distributions of lump sums and                   parent.                                               than $50 million; and
                                                  annuities. For purposes of paragraph (a)                                                                         (3) The aggregate value of plan assets,
                                                                                                          § 4043.35    Insolvency or similar settlement.        determined in accordance with
                                                  of this section, the payment of a lump
                                                  sum, or purchase of an irrevocable                         (a) Reportable event. A reportable                 paragraph (c) of this section, is less than
                                                  commitment to provide an annuity, in                    event occurs for a plan when any                      90 percent of the aggregate premium
                                                  satisfaction of benefit liabilities is not a            member of the plan’s controlled group—                funding target, determined in
                                                  transfer of benefit liabilities.                           (1) Commences or has commenced                     accordance with paragraph (c) of this
                                                                                                          against it any insolvency proceeding                  section.
                                                     (c) Waivers—(1) Small plan. Notice                                                                            (c) Funding determinations. For
                                                                                                          (including, but not limited to, the
                                                  under this section is waived if the plan                                                                      purposes of paragraph (b) of this
                                                                                                          appointment of a receiver) other than a
                                                  had 100 or fewer participants for whom                                                                        section, the aggregate unfunded vested
                                                                                                          bankruptcy case under the Bankruptcy
                                                  flat-rate premiums were payable for the                                                                       benefits, aggregate value of plan assets,
                                                                                                          Code;
                                                  plan year preceding the event year.                                                                           and aggregate premium funding target
                                                                                                             (2) Commences, or has commenced
                                                     (2) Low-default-risk. Notice under this              against it, a proceeding to effect a                  are determined by aggregating the
                                                  section is waived if each contributing                  composition, extension, or settlement                 unfunded vested benefits, values of plan
                                                  sponsor of the plan and the highest level               with creditors;                                       assets, and premium funding targets
                                                  U.S. parent of each contributing sponsor                   (3) Executes a general assignment for              (respectively), as determined in
                                                  are low-default-risk on the date of the                 the benefit of creditors; or                          accordance with part 4006 of this
                                                  event.                                                     (4) Undertakes to effect any other                 chapter for purposes of the variable-rate
                                                     (3) Well-funded plan. Notice under                   nonjudicial composition, extension, or                premium for the plan year preceding the
                                                  this section is waived if the plan is in                settlement with substantially all its                 effective date of the event, of plans
                                                  the well-funded plan safe harbor for the                creditors.                                            maintained (on the notice date) by the
                                                  event year.                                                (b) Waivers—(1) De minimis 10-                     contributing sponsor and any members
                                                     (4) Public company. Notice under this                percent segment. Notice under this                    of the contributing sponsor’s controlled
                                                  section is waived if any contributing                   section is waived if the person                       group, disregarding plans with no
                                                  sponsor of the plan before the                          described in paragraph (a) of this                    unfunded vested benefits (as so
                                                  transaction is a public company and the                 section is not a contributing sponsor of              determined).
                                                  contributing sponsor timely files a SEC                 the plan and represents a de minimis                     (d) Shortening of 30-day period.
                                                  Form 8–K disclosing the event under an                  10-percent segment of the plan’s                      Pursuant to § 4043.3(d), PBGC may,
                                                  item of the Form 8–K other than under                   controlled group for the most recent                  upon review of an advance notice,
                                                  Item 2.02 (Results of Operations and                    fiscal year(s) ending on or before the                shorten the notice period to allow for an
                                                  Financial Condition) or in financial                    date the reportable event occurs.                     earlier effective date.
                                                  statements under Item 9.01 (Financial                      (2) Foreign entity. Notice under this
                                                  Statements and Exhibits).                                                                                     § 4043.62 Change in contributing sponsor
                                                                                                          section is waived if the person
                                                                                                                                                                or controlled group.
                                                  § 4043.33 Application for minimum
                                                                                                          described in paragraph (a) of this
                                                                                                          section is a foreign entity other than a                 (a) Reportable event. Advance notice
                                                  funding waiver.                                                                                               is required for a change in a plan’s
                                                                                                          foreign parent.
                                                    A reportable event for a plan occurs                                                                        contributing sponsor or controlled
                                                  when an application for a minimum                       Subpart C—Advance Notice of                           group, as described in § 4043.29(a).
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  funding waiver for the plan is submitted                Reportable Events                                        (b) Waivers—(1) Small and mid-size
                                                  under section 302(c) of ERISA or section                                                                      plans. Notice under this section is
                                                  412(c) of the Code.                                     § 4043.61 Advance reporting filing                    waived with respect to a change of
                                                                                                          obligation.                                           contributing sponsor if the transferred
                                                  § 4043.34   Loan default.                                 (a) In general. Unless a waiver or                  plan has fewer than 500 participants.
                                                    (a) Reportable event. A reportable                    extension applies with respect to the                    (2) De minimis 5-percent segment.
                                                  event occurs for a plan when, with                      plan, each contributing sponsor of a                  Notice under this section is waived if
                                                  respect to a loan with an outstanding                   plan is required to notify PBGC no later              the person or persons that will cease to


                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:20 Sep 10, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00030   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\11SER3.SGM   11SER3


                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 176 / Friday, September 11, 2015 / Rules and Regulations                                            55009

                                                  be members of the plan’s controlled                     benefits in trusteed plans under                      payment was not made when due
                                                  group represent a de minimis 5-percent                  §§ 4044.51 through 4044.57 of this                    (including interest), exceeds $1 million.
                                                  segment of the plan’s old controlled                    chapter.                                                 (1) Form 200 must be filed with PBGC
                                                  group for the most recent fiscal year(s)                   (4) Fully funded plans. Notice under               no later than 10 days after the due date
                                                  ending on or before the effective date of               this section is waived if the transfer                for any required payment for which
                                                  the reportable event.                                   complies with section 414(l) of the Code              payment was not made when due.
                                                                                                          using reasonable actuarial assumptions                   (2) If a contributing sponsor or the
                                                  § 4043.63   Liquidation.                                and, after the transfer, the transferor and           ultimate parent completes and submits
                                                     (a) Reportable event. Advance notice                 transferee plans are fully funded as                  Form 200 in accordance with this
                                                  is required for a liquidation of a member               determined in accordance with                         section, PBGC will consider the
                                                  of a plan’s controlled group, as                        §§ 4044.51 through 4044.57 of this                    notification requirement in section
                                                  described in § 4043.30.                                 chapter and § 4010.8(d)(1)(ii) of this                303(k)(4) of ERISA and section 430(k)(4)
                                                     (b) Waiver—de minimis 5-percent                      chapter.                                              of the Code to be satisfied by all
                                                  segment and ongoing plans. Notice                                                                             members of a controlled group of which
                                                  under this section is waived if the                     § 4043.66 Application for minimum                     the person who has filed Form 200 is a
                                                  person that liquidates is a de minimis 5-               funding waiver.
                                                                                                                                                                member.
                                                  percent segment of the plan’s controlled                   (a) Reportable event. Advance notice                  (b) Supplementary information. If,
                                                  group for the most recent fiscal year(s)                is required for an application for a                  upon review of a Form 200, PBGC
                                                  ending on or before the effective date of               minimum funding waiver, as described                  concludes that it needs additional
                                                  the reportable event, and each plan that                in § 4043.33.                                         information in order to make decisions
                                                  was maintained by the liquidating                          (b) Extension. The notice date is                  regarding enforcement of a lien imposed
                                                  member is maintained by another                         extended until 10 days after the                      by section 303(k) of ERISA and section
                                                  member of the plan’s controlled group.                  reportable event has occurred.                        430(k) of the Code, PBGC may require
                                                                                                          § 4043.67    Loan default.                            any member of the contributing
                                                  § 4043.64 Extraordinary dividend or stock
                                                  redemption.                                               Advance notice is required for an                   sponsor’s controlled group to
                                                                                                          acceleration of payment, a default, a                 supplement the Form 200 in accordance
                                                     (a) Reportable event. Advance notice                                                                       with § 4043.3(d).
                                                  is required for a distribution by a                     waiver, or an agreement to an
                                                                                                          amendment with respect to a loan                         (c) Ultimate parent. For purposes of
                                                  member of a plan’s controlled group, as                                                                       this section, the term ‘‘ultimate parent’’
                                                  described in § 4043.31(a).                              agreement described in § 4043.34(a).
                                                                                                                                                                means the parent at the highest level in
                                                     (b) Waiver—de minimis 5-percent                      § 4043.68    Insolvency or similar settlement.        the chain of corporations and/or other
                                                  segment. Notice under this section is                                                                         organizations constituting a parent-
                                                                                                             (a) Reportable event. Advance notice
                                                  waived if the person making the                                                                               subsidiary controlled group.
                                                                                                          is required for an insolvency or similar
                                                  distribution is a de minimis 5-percent
                                                                                                          settlement, as described in § 4043.35.
                                                  segment of the plan’s controlled group                     (b) Extension. For a case or                       PART 4204—VARIANCES FOR SALE
                                                  for the most recent fiscal year(s) ending               proceeding under § 4043.35(a)(1) or (2)               OF ASSETS
                                                  on or before the effective date of the                  that is not commenced by a member of
                                                  reportable event.                                                                                             ■ 7. The authority citation for part 4204
                                                                                                          the plan’s controlled group, the notice               continues to read as follows:
                                                  § 4043.65   Transfer of benefit liabilities.            date is extended to 10 days after the
                                                                                                                                                                    Authority: 29 U.S.C. 1302(b)(3), 1384(c).
                                                     (a) Reportable event. Advance notice                 commencement of the case or
                                                  is required for a transfer of benefit                   proceeding.                                           § 4204.12    [Amended]
                                                  liabilities, as described in § 4043.32(a).              Subpart D—Notice of Failure To Make                   ■  8. Section 4204.12 is amended by
                                                     (b) Waivers—(1) Complete plan                        Required Contributions                                removing the figures ‘‘412(b)(3)(A)’’ and
                                                  transfer. Notice under this section is                                                                        adding in their place the figures
                                                  waived if the transfer is a transfer of all             § 4043.81 PBGC Form 200, notice of failure            ‘‘431(b)(3)(A)’’.
                                                  of the transferor plan’s benefit liabilities            to make required contributions;
                                                  and assets to one other plan.                           supplementary information.                            PART 4206—ADJUSTMENT OF
                                                     (2) Transfer of less than 3 percent of                  (a) General rules. To comply with the              LIABILITY FOR WITHDRAWAL
                                                  assets. Notice under this section is                    notification requirement in section                   SUBSEQUENT TO A PARTIAL
                                                  waived if the value of the assets being                 303(k)(4) of ERISA and section 430(k)(4)              WITHDRAWAL
                                                  transferred—                                            of the Code, a contributing sponsor of a              ■ 9. The authority citation for part 4206
                                                     (i) Equals the present value of the                  single-employer plan that is covered                  continues to read as follows:
                                                  accrued benefits (whether or not vested)                under section 4021 of ERISA and (if that
                                                  being transferred, using actuarial                      contributing sponsor is a member of a                   Authority: 29 U.S.C. 1302(b)(3) and
                                                                                                                                                                1386(b).
                                                  assumptions that comply with section                    parent-subsidiary controlled group) the
                                                  414(l) of the Code; and                                 ultimate parent must complete and                     § 4206.7    [Amended]
                                                     (ii) In conjunction with other assets                submit in accordance with this section                ■  10. Section 4206.7 is amended by
                                                  transferred during the same plan year, is               a properly certified Form 200 that                    removing the figures ‘‘412(b)(4)’’ and
                                                  less than 3 percent of the assets of the                includes all required documentation                   adding in their place the figures
                                                  transferor plan as of at least one day in               and other information, as described in                ‘‘431(b)(5)’’.
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                                  that year.                                              the related filing instructions. Notice is
                                                     (3) Section 414(l) safe harbor. Notice               required whenever the unpaid balance                  PART 4231—MERGERS AND
                                                  under this section is waived if the                     of a contribution payment required                    TRANSFERS BETWEEN
                                                  benefit liabilities of 500 or fewer                     under sections 302 and 303 of ERISA                   MULTIEMPLOYER PLANS
                                                  participants are transferred and the                    and sections 412 and 430 of the Code
                                                  transfer complies with section 414(l) of                (including interest), when added to the               ■ 11. The authority citation for part
                                                  the Code using the actuarial                            aggregate unpaid balance of all                       4231 continues to read as follows:
                                                  assumptions prescribed for valuing                      preceding such payments for which                         Authority: 29 U.S.C. 1302(b)(3), 1411.



                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:20 Sep 10, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00031   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4700   E:\FR\FM\11SER3.SGM   11SER3


                                                  55010            Federal Register / Vol. 80, No. 176 / Friday, September 11, 2015 / Rules and Regulations

                                                  § 4231.2   [Amended]                                    § 4231.6    [Amended]                                 requires that each such assumption be
                                                  ■  12. In § 4231.2, the definitions of                  ■  13. In § 4231.6:                                   reasonable)’’.
                                                                                                                                                                ■ c. Paragraph (c)(5) is amended by
                                                  ‘‘actuarial valuation’’ and ‘‘fair market               ■ a. Paragraph (b)(4)(ii) is amended by
                                                  value of assets’’ are amended by                        removing the figures ‘‘412(b)(4)’’ and                removing the figures ‘‘412’’ and adding
                                                                                                          adding in their place the figures                     in their place the figures ‘‘431’’.
                                                  removing the words ‘‘section 302 of
                                                  ERISA and section 412 of the Code’’                     ‘‘431(b)(5)’’.                                          Issued in Washington, DC, this 8th day of
                                                  where they appear in each definition                    ■ b. Paragraph (c)(2) is amended by                   September, 2015.
                                                  and adding in their place the words                     removing the words ‘‘section 412 of the               Alice C. Maroni,
                                                  ‘‘section 304 of ERISA and section 431                  Code (which requires that such                        Acting Director, Pension Benefit Guaranty
                                                  of the Code’’.                                          assumptions be reasonable in the                      Corporation.
                                                                                                          aggregate)’’ and adding in their place the            [FR Doc. 2015–22941 Filed 9–10–15; 8:45 am]
                                                                                                          words ‘‘section 431 of the Code (which                BILLING CODE 7709–02–P
asabaliauskas on DSK5VPTVN1PROD with RULES




                                             VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:20 Sep 10, 2015   Jkt 235001   PO 00000   Frm 00032   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 9990   E:\FR\FM\11SER3.SGM   11SER3



Document Created: 2015-12-15 09:59:29
Document Modified: 2015-12-15 09:59:29
CategoryRegulatory Information
CollectionFederal Register
sudoc ClassAE 2.7:
GS 4.107:
AE 2.106:
PublisherOffice of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration
SectionRules and Regulations
ActionFinal rule.
DatesEffective October 13, 2015. See Applicability in SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION.
ContactDaniel S. Liebman, Attorney ([email protected]), Regulatory Affairs Group, Office of the General Counsel, Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005-4026; 202-326-4024. (TTY/TDD users may call the Federal relay service toll-free at 1-800-877-8339 and ask to be connected to 202-326-4024.)
FR Citation80 FR 54979 
RIN Number1212-AB06
CFR Citation29 CFR 4000
29 CFR 4001
29 CFR 4043
29 CFR 4204
29 CFR 4206
29 CFR 4231
CFR AssociatedEmployee Benefit Plans; Pension Insurance and Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements

2025 Federal Register | Disclaimer | Privacy Policy
USC | CFR | eCFR